2019 ROGUE SPORT - Nissan · 2019 ROGUE SPORT OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your...

2019 ROGUE SPORTOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

WARNING

Operating, servicing and main-taining a passenger vehicle oroff-highway motor vehicle canexpose you to chemicals in-cluding engine exhaust, carbonmonoxide, phthalates, andlead, which are known to theState of California to causecancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Tominimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idlethe engine except as neces-sary, service your vehicle in awell-ventilated area and weargloves or wash your handsfrequently when servicing yourvehicle. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and mainte-nance of your vehicle so that you mayenjoy many miles of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how toresolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by NISSANor by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery.It is important that you familiarize your-self with all disclosures, warnings, cau-tions and instructions concerning properuse of such accessories prior to operatingthe vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom-mended you see a NISSAN dealer fordetails concerning the particular acces-sories with which your vehicle isequipped.Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service orhave any questions, we will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to us.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comforta-ble trip for you and your passengers!. NEVER drive under the influence

of alcohol or drugs.. ALWAYS observe posted speed

limits and never drive too fastfor conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actionsthat could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Pre-teen children shouldbe seated in the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide informationabout the proper use of vehicle

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNING Foreword

safety features to all occupantsof the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety informa-tion.

On-pavement and off-roaddrivingThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles withfeatures of this type, failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or an accident. Be sure toread “Avoiding collision and rollover”and “Driving safety precautions” in the“5. Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or perfor-mance problems resulting frommodification may not be covered un-der NISSAN warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-BoardDiagnostic (OBD) plug-in device thatuses the port during normal driving,for example remote insurance com-pany monitoring, remote vehicle di-agnostics, telematics or enginereprogramming, may cause interfer-ence or damage to vehicle systems.We do not recommend or endorsethe use of any aftermarket OBDplug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehiclewarranty may not cover damagecaused by any aftermarket plug-indevice.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available onthis model. Features and equipment inyour vehicle may vary depending onmodel, trim level, options selected, or-der, date of production, region or avail-ability. Therefore, you may findinformation about features or equip-ment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may updateor revise this manual to provide Ownerswith the most accurate information cur-rently available. Please carefully read andretain with this manual all revision up-dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensureyou have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man-uals and any updates can also be found inthe Owner section of the NISSAN websiteat https://owners.nissanusa.com/now-ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If youhave questions concerning any informa-tion in your Owner’s Manual, contact

NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSANCUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in thisOwner’s Manual for contact information.IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause minoror moderate personal injury or da-mage to your vehicle. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrowpoints to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or ac-tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

those above call attention to an item inthe illustration.CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate ma-terial. The following advisory is pro-vided: “Perchlorate Material - specialhandling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”© 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording orotherwise, without the prior written per-mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

NISSAN CARES ...Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales andservice needs.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department willask for the following information:. Your name, address, and telephone

number. Vehicle identification number (at-

tached to the top of the instrumentpanel on the driver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the infor-mation at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)We appreciate your interest in NISSANand thank you for buying a quality NISSANvehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Illustrated table of contents 0Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phonesystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ..................................................................................... 0-2Exterior front .................................................................................... 0-3Exterior rear ...................................................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ....................................................... 0-5Cockpit .................................................................................................. 0-6

Instrument panel ......................................................................... 0-8Meters and gauges .................................................................... 0-9Engine compartment ............................................................ 0-10

MR20DD engine model ............................................... 0-10Warning and indicator lights ........................................... 0-11

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

JVC1140X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-40)

2. Occupant classification sensors (weightsensors) (P.1-40)

3. Seat belts (P.1-11)4. Head restraints (P.1-7)5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-40)

6. Front seats (P.1-3)7. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bags (P.1-40)8. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-57)9. Rear seats (P.1-6)

— Child restraints (P.1-20)10. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-22)

11. Child restraint anchor point (for top tetherstrap) (P.1-36)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

JVC1065X

1. Hood (P.3-25)2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-45)— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)

3. Front camera* (P.5-35, P.5-40, P.5-86,P.5-122)

4. Moonroof* (P.2-71)

5. Power windows (P.2-68)6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-53)7. Front view camera* (P.4-10)8. Fog lights* (P.2-54)9. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-48)10. Tires

— Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.10-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-13, P.5-5)

11. Outside mirrors (P.3-33)12. Side view camera* (P.4-10)13. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-5)— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-8)— Security system (P.2-42)— Remote engine start* (P.3-23)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT


WAA0053X

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-47)2. Rear window wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-46)— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)

3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25)4. Antenna (P.4-33)5. Roof rack* (P.2-67)

6. Rear sonar— Rear sonar system (RSS)* (P.5-152)— Rear automatic braking (RAB)* (P.5-132)

7. Liftgate (P.3-26)— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-8)— Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-10)

8. Rear combination light (P.8-25)9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-28)

— Fuel information (P.10-3)10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7)*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR

JVC1067X

1. Inside mirror (P.3-32)— HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*(P.2-76)

2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-64)3. Map lights (P.2-73)

— Microphone**4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-71)

5. SOS button**6. Sun visors (P.3-31)7. Room light (P.2-74)8. Rear armrest* (P.1-7)

— Rear cup holders (P.2-62)9. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-68)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7)— Outside rearview mirror remote controlswitch (Driver’s side) (P.3-33)

10. Front cup holders (P.2-62)11. Heated seat switch* (P.2-55)12. Console box (P.2-64)

— Power outlet (P.2-60)— USB (Universal Serial Bus) chargingconnector (P.2-61)

13. Cargo area— Storage (P.2-62)— Luggage hooks (P.2-65)— Parcel shelf (P.2-66)— Spare tire (P.6-3)— Cargo light (P.2-75)

*: if so equipped**: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


WAA0056X

1. Instrument brightness control (P.2-9)2. TRIP RESET switch (P.2-6)3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-48)/

Fog light switch* (P.2-54)

4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control**— Vehicle information display control(P.2-20)

5. Steering wheel (P.3-30)— Horn (P.2-54)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-45)7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2)8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)*(P.5-40)— Cruise control switches* (P.5-64)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system*(P.5-66)— ProPILOT assist* (P.5-86)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem**— Voice Recognition system switch**— Siri® Eyes Free**

9. Shift lever— Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) (P.5-20)— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-25)

10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.2-57)

11. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-54)12. Parking brake (Pedal type) (P.5-27)13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* (P.2-58)14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro-

PILOT assist) (P.2-57, P.5-86) or Dynamicdriver assistance switch* (models withoutProPILOT assist) (P.2-56, P.5-40)

15. ECO switch (P.5-32)

COCKPIT

16. Push-button ignition switch (model withIntelligent Key system) (P.5-14)

17. Ignition switch (model without IntelligentKey system) (P.5-12)

18. Parking brake (Switch type) (P.5-27)19. Automatic brake hold switch* (P.5-29)*: if so equipped**: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-

er’s Manual (if so equipped).



JVC1090X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-41)3. Center ventilator (P.4-25)4. Audio system** or navigation system**

— RearView Monitor* (P.4-2)— Intelligent Around View® Monitor*(P.4-10)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem**

5. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-40)

6. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)7. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-28)8. Hood release handle (P.3-25)

9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30)10. Driver’s front-impact air bag (P.1-40)/Horn

(P.2-54)11. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26)12. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection

port**13. Power outlet (P.2-60)14. Defroster switch (P.2-47)15. Glove box (P.2-64)*: if so equipped**: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-


INSTRUMENT PANEL

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer (P.2-7)2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10)3. Vehicle information display (P.2-19)

— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)4. Speedometer (P.2-6)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)6. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)


METERS AND GAUGES


JVC1070X

MR20DD ENGINE MODEL1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5)2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6)3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-9)4. Air cleaner (P.8-15)5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10)6. Drive belt (P.8-13)

7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)8. Battery (P.8-11)9. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18)*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight Name Page

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-11

Brake warning light (red) 2-11

Charge warning light 2-12

Electric power steeringwarning light

2-12

Electronic parking brakewarning light (yellow) (if soequipped)

2-12

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) systemwarning light

2-12

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) system warning light(if so equipped)

2-13

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-13

Master warning light 2-14

Seat belt warning light 2-15

Supplemental air bagwarning light

2-15

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-16

Indica-tor light Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (if soequipped)

2-16

Automatic brake hold indi-cator light (white)

2-16

Automatic brake hold indi-cator light (green)

2-16

Electronic parking brakeindicator light (if soequipped)

2-16

Exterior light indicator 2-17

Front fog light indicatorlight (if so equipped)

2-17

High beam assist indicatorlight (if so equipped)

2-17

High beam indicator light 2-17

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-17

Security indicator light 2-18

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

2-18

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-18


WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system

Seats ....................................................................................................... 1-2Front seats .................................................................................. 1-3Rear seats .................................................................................... 1-6Armrest (if so equipped) ................................................... 1-7

Head restraints/headrests .................................................... 1-7Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ................................ 1-8Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ................................ 1-8Remove .......................................................................................... 1-9Install ................................................................................................ 1-9Adjust ............................................................................................... 1-9

Seat belts ......................................................................................... 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-11Seat belt warning light ................................................... 1-13Pregnant women ................................................................ 1-13Injured persons ..................................................................... 1-13Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-13Seat belt extenders ........................................................... 1-16Seat belt maintenance ................................................... 1-17

Child safety ..................................................................................... 1-17Infants .......................................................................................... 1-18Small children ........................................................................ 1-18Larger children ...................................................................... 1-18

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-20Precautions on child restraints ............................. 1-20Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren(LATCH) system .................................................................. 1-22Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ......................................................................... 1-25Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................................ 1-27Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ......................................................................... 1-30Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................................ 1-33Booster seats ....................................................................... 1-37

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................... 1-40Precautions on SRS ........................................................ 1-40NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) ........................................................................... 1-46Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systems .............................. 1-55Seat belts with pretensioners(front seats) ........................................................................... 1-57Supplemental air bag warning labels .............. 1-58Supplemental air bag warning light ................. 1-59Repair and replacement procedure .................. 1-59

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat properly. See“Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-11).

. After adjustment, gently rock inthe seat to make sure it is se-curely locked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

. Do not adjust the driver’s seatwhile driving so full attentionmaybe given to vehicle operation. Theseat may move suddenly andcould cause loss of control ofthe vehicle.

. The seatback should not be re-clined any more than needed forcomfort. Seat belts are most ef-fective when the passenger sitswell back and straight up in theseat. If the seatback is reclined,the risk of sliding under the lapbelt and being injured is in-creased.

SEATS

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions,be sure not to contact any movingparts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

JVR0332X

FRONT SEATSFront manual seat adjustmentForward and backward:1. Pull up the adjusting lever .2. Slide the seat to the desired position.3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the

seat in position.

Reclining:1. Pull up the adjusting lever .2. Tilt the seatback to the desired posi-

tion.3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the

seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows the adjust-ment of the seatback for occupants ofdifferent sizes to help obtain the properseat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).)The seatback may be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle isparked.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


JVR0333X

Seat lifter (if so equipped):Pull up or push down the adjusting leverto adjust the seat height until the desiredposition is achieved.

Front power seat adjustmentOperating tips:. The power seat motor has an auto-

reset overload protection circuit. If themotor stops during the seat adjust-ment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti-vate the switch.

. To avoid discharge of the battery, donot operate the power seats for a longperiod of time when the engine is notrunning.

JVR0334X

Forward and backward:Move forward or backward the adjustingswitch to the desired position.

Reclining:Move forward or backward the adjustingswitch to the desired position.The reclining feature allows the adjust-ment of the seatback for occupants ofdifferent sizes to help obtain the properseat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).)The seatback may be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle isparked.

JVR0119X

Seat lifter:Move the switch as shown to adjust theseat height until the desired position isachieved.



SSS1053

Lumbar support:The lumbar support feature provides low-er back support to the driver.Push the switch as shown to adjust theseat lumbar area until the desired posi-tion is achieved.

JVR0467X

REAR SEATSFolding1. Pull up the lever and fold the seatback

flat.2. To return the seats to a seating

position, push up on the seatbackuntil it latches in place.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper re-

straints could result in seriousinjury in an accident or suddenstop.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rearseat area or any cargo is on therear seats.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks.

. When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

JVR0327XRear seats

ARMREST (if so equipped)Pull the armrest down as shown.

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplementthe other vehicle safety systems.They may provide additional protec-tion against injury in certain rear endcollisions. Adjustable head re-straints/headrests must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section.Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attachanything to the head restraint/head-rest stalks or remove the head re-straint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest hasbeen removed. If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall andproperly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the riskof serious injury or death in a colli-sion.

JVR0530X

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or head-rest.. Your vehicle is equipped with a head

restraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalkto lock them in a desired adjustment


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


position.. The non-adjustable head restraints/

headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:— For the adjustable type, align the

head restraint/headrest so thecenter of your ear is approximatelylevel with the center of the headrestraint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higherthan the recommended alignment,place the head restraint/headrestat the highest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest hasbeen removed, ensure that it is re-installed and locked in place beforeriding in that designated seating posi-tion.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest2. Multiple notches3. Lock knob4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest2. Single notch3. Lock knob4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVEUse the following procedure to removethe head restraint/headrest.1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to

the highest position.2. Push and hold the lock knob.3. Remove the head restraint/headrest

from the seat.4. Store the head restraint/headrest

properly in a secure place so it is notloose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occu-pant uses the seating position.

SSS1038

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrestis facing the correct direction. Thestalk with the adjustment notchmust be installed in the hole with thelock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position.

SSS0997

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrestAdjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears.If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest posi-tion.



JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrestMake sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS0993

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pullit up.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS0994

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knoband push the head restraint/headrestdown.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet onthe floor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. NISSANstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian pro-vinces or territories specify that seatbelts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

SSS0136

SSS0134


SEAT BELTS


SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe properly restrained in the rearseat and, if appropriate, in a childrestraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure todo so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint sys-tem and increase the chance orseverity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn prop-erly.

. Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the beltbehind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in anaccident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt insideout or twisted. Doing so mayreduce its effectiveness.

. Do not allow more than oneperson to use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while theignition is turned ON with alldoors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. No changes should be made tothe seat belt system. For exam-ple, do not modify the seat belt,add material, or install devicesthat may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so mayaffect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tam-pering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personalinjury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together withthe retractor. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hard-ware, should be inspected afterany collision. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice. NISSAN recommends thatall seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replacedunless the collision was minorand the belts show no damageand continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspectedafter any collision. Always followthe restraint manufacturer’s in-spection instructions and repla-cement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be re-placed if they are damaged.

JVR0575X

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTBoth the driver’s and passenger’s frontseats are equipped with a seat beltwarning light. The warning light, locatedin the meters and gauges area, will showthe status of the driver and passengerseat belt.NOTE:The front passenger seat belt warninglight will not illuminate if the seat is notoccupied.For additional information, refer to “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” (P.2-10).

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant wo-men use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist. Place the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific re-commendations.THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

. Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe in the rear seats and in anappropriate restraint.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you



could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.

. Do not allow children to play withthe seat belts. Most seating posi-tions are equipped with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat beltbecomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR modeactivated, the child can be ser-iously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat beltto release the child. If the seatbelt can not be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release thechild by cutting the seat belt witha suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

JVR0572X

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue intothe buckle until you hear and feelthe latch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on im-pact. A slow pulling motion per-mits the belt to move and allowsyou some freedom of movementin the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

JVR0573X

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack .Be sure the shoulder belt is routedover your shoulder and across yourchest.

The three-point seat belts in the frontpassenger seat and the rear seatingpositions have two modes of operation:. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR). Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat.

The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or duringcertain impacts.The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks theseat belt for child restraint installation.When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckleand fully retracted. The seat belt returnsto the ELR mode after the seat belt fullyretracts. For additional information, see“Child restraints” (P.1-20).The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, theALR mode should not be activated. If itis activated, it may cause uncomforta-ble seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are comple-tely secured in the latched position.If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in anaccident or sudden stop.

JVR0574X

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push thebutton on the buckle . The seat beltautomatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:. When the belt is pulled quickly from

the retractor.. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:



. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt move-ment.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service, or to learn more aboutseat belt operation.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-11).)To adjust, pull the adjustment button ,and then move the shoulder belt anchorto the desired position , so that the beltpasses over the center of the shoulder.The belt should be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off of yourshoulder. Release the adjustment buttonto lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.The range of height adjustment of the

shoulder belt may vary depending on themodel.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to movethe shoulder belt anchor up anddown to make sure it is securelyfixed in position.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the posi-tion best for you. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used foreither the driver or front passenger seat-ing position. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for assistance with pur-chasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING

. It is recommended that onlyNISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, be used with NISSAN seatbelts.

. Adults and children who can usethe standard seat belt should notuse an extender. Such unneces-sary use could result in seriouspersonal injury in the event of anaccident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly,the child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in theshade. Do not allow the seat belts toretract until they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal components,such as buckles, tongues, retractors,flexible wires and anchors, work prop-erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cutsor other damage on the webbing isfound, the entire seat belt assemblyshould be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can beseriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. Thiscan occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cuttingthe seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem.They need to be properly restrained.In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community or-ganizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transportyour child.


CHILD SAFETY


There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:. Rear-facing child restraint. Forward-facing child restraint. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on thechild’s size. Generally, infants up to about1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) shouldbe placed in rear-facing child restraints.Forward-facing child restraints are avail-able for children who outgrow rear-facingchild restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child whocan no longer use a forward-facing childrestraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need specialprotection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. Theshoulder belt may come too closeto the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. Inan accident, an improperly fittingseat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or

territories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and smallchildren. See “Child restraints” (P.1-20).A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemor with the vehicle seat belt. See “Childrestraints” (P.1-20) for more information.NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (Air bag system) for thefront passenger. See “SupplementalRestraint System (SRS)” (P.1-40).INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standardsor Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old andweigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remainin a rear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who out-grow the height or weight limit of therear-facing child restraint and are at least1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Referto the manufacturer’s instructions forminimum and maximum weight andheight recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the man-ufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness untilthey reach the maximum height orweight limit allowed by the child restraintmanufacturer.Once a child outgrows the height orweight limit of the harness-equippedforward-facing child restraint, NISSANrecommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to

obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat beltto fit properly, the booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the chest andthe top, middle portion of the shoulder.The shoulder belt should not cross theneck or face and should not fall off theshoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, notthe abdomen.A booster seat can only be used inseating positions that have a three-pointtype seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:. Are the child’s back and hips against

the vehicle seatback?. Is the child able to sit without slouch-

ing?. Do the child’s knees bend easily over

the front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of thesequestions, the child should remain in abooster seat using a three-point typeseat belt.NOTE:Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your childis using the correct restraint systembefore traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child inthe cargo area. The child could be



seriously injured or killed in a suddenstop or collision.

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warningsand instructions for proper useand installation of child restraintscould result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:— The child restraint must be

used and installed properly.Always follow all of the childrestraint manufacturer’s in-structions for installation anduse.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’slap. Even the strongest adultcannot resist the forces of acollision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies showthat children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear

CHILD RESTRAINTS

seat than in the front seat. Ifyou must install a forward-facing child restraint in thefront seat, see “Forward-fa-cing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P.1-33).

— Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, neverinstall a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. Aninflating air bag could ser-iously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraintmust only be used in the rearseat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properlyin your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand onlythose loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attachadult seat belts, or otheritems or equipment to thevehicle. Doing so could da-mage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint

will not be properly installedusing the damaged ancho-rage, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

— Never use the anchor pointsfor adult seat belts or har-nesses.

— A child restraint with a toptether strap should not beused in the front passengerseat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children shouldalways be placed in an appro-priate child restraint while inthe vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with theLATCH system or a seat belt. In asudden stop or collision, looseobjects can injure occupants ordamage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehiclecan become very hot. Check theseating surface and buckles beforeplacing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system. Some childrestraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these anchors.For details, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren (LATCH) system”(P.1-22).If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts canbe used.Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points inmind:. Choose only a restraint with a label

certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.



. Check the child restraint in yourvehicle to be sure it is compatible withthe vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys-tem.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the childand child restraint is less than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), you may use either theLATCH anchors or the seat belt toinstall the child restraint (not both atthe same time).

. If the combined weight of the childand child restraint is greater than 65lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install thechild restraint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated. Canadian

law requires the top tether strap onforward-facing child restraints be se-cured to the designated anchor pointon the vehicle.

JVR0555XLATCH system anchor location

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren (LATCH) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with LATCHsystem compatible child restraints. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use avehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint unless the combined weight ofthe child and child restraint exceeds 65lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and child restraint is greater than 65lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install the childrestraint. Be sure to follow the child

restraint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

CAUTION

Store the loose LATCH covers (forexample, in the console box) wherethey will not get damaged to avoidlosing them. (See “Console box” (P.2-64).)

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a sud-den stop or collision:. Attach LATCH system compatible

child restraints only at the loca-tions shown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint inthe center rear seating positionusing the LATCH lower anchors.The child restraint will not besecured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by in-serting your fingers into the low-er anchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions overthe anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushionmaterial.The child restraint will not besecured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

. Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or otheritems or equipment to the vehi-cle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged an-chorage, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchor points areprovided to install child restraints in therear outboard seating positions only. Donot attempt to install a child restraint inthe center seating position using theLATCH lower anchors.

JVR0556XLATCH lower anchor cover removal

The LATCH lower anchor points arelocated under covers labelled ISOFIX atthe bottom of the rear outboard seatcushions. To access a LATCH lower an-chor point, insert your finger into thecover and pull the cover off.



SSS0643LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to twoanchors located at certain seating posi-tions in your vehicle. With this system, youdo not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This informationmay also be in the instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturer.

SSS0644LATCH rigid attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING

Properly secure cargo and do notallow it to contact the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor. Cargo that is notproperly secured or cargo that con-tacts the top tether strap may da-mage the top tether strap during a

collision. If the parcel shelf contactsthe top tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor,remove the parcel shelf from thevehicle or secure it on the cargo floorbelow its attachment location. If theparcel shelf is not removed, it maydamage the top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be ser-iously injured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint top tether strapis damaged.

JVR0194X

Top tether anchor point locations

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstancesare they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will notbe properly installed using the da-maged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a

collision.

Anchor points are located on the backside of the seatbacks.If a child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be used when installing with theLATCH lower anchor attachments or seatbelts.If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap child restraint onthe rear seat, it is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.



SSS0648Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.

SSS0649Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your hand tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.


4. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint or try installingby using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit

in all types of vehicles.5. Check to make sure the child restraint

is properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision.


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-17) and “Child restraints”(P.1-20) before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:



1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in thefront seat. Position the child restrainton the seat. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.


2. Route the seat belt tongue throughthe child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fullyretracted.


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.


5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.


6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to



each use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0645Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. See “Installingtop tether strap” (P.1-32). Do not installchild restraints that require the use ofa top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraintis removed, store it in a secure place.Be sure to reinstall the head re-straint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust-ment information.If the seating position does not have ahead restraint and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try an-other seating position or a different

child restraint.

SSS0647Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your knee tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.


6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.



7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

JVR0194X

Installing top tether strap

WARNING


collision.

The child restraint top tether strap mustbe used when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attach-ments.First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboardseating positions only).1. Remove the head restraint and store it

in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint when the childrestraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7)for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

2. Position the top tether strap asshown.

3. Secure the top tether strap to thetether anchor point as shown.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-48).

SSS0640Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicleseat belt in the rear seats or in the front

passenger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed ina forward-facing direction only.Move the seat to the rearmost posi-tion. Child restraints for infants mustbe used in the rear-facing directionand, therefore, must not be used inthe front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraintis removed, store it in a secure place.Be sure to reinstall the head re-straint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust-ment, removal and installationinformation.If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.



SSS0360BForward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue throughthe child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point (rear seatinstallation only). See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-36). Do not installchild restraints that require the useof a top tether strap in seating posi-tions that do not have a top tetheranchor.


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to Emer-gency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.


6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.


8. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If

the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 2 through 8.




10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

should illuminate. If this light is notilluminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-48). Movethe child restraint to another seatingposition. Have the system checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt is fully retracted, the ALRmode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

JVR0194X

Installing top tether strap

WARNING


collision.

The child restraint top tether strap mustbe used when installing the child restraintwith the seat belts.First, secure the child restraint with theseat belt.1. Remove the head restraint and store it

in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint when the childrestraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7)for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

2. Position the top tether strap asshown.

3. Secure the top tether strap to thetether anchor point as shown.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

BOOSTER SEATSPrecautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a childbeing injured or killed in a suddenstop or collision greatly increases:. Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

. A booster seat must only beinstalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the followingpoints in mind:. Choose only a booster seat with a

label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

LRS0453

LRS0455



. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the boosterseat or vehicle seat. The seatbackmust be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. For example, if a lowback booster seat is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or abovethe center of the child’s ears. If theseatback is lower than the center ofthe child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the boosterseat is compatible with your child.Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated.The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not usethe lap/shoulder belt AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when

using a booster seat with the seatbelts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a boosterseat in the rear seat or in the frontpassenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facingdirection. Always follow the boosterseat manufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the booster seat is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7)for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.If the seating position does not have ahead restraint and it is interfering withthe proper booster seat fit, try anotherseating position or a different boosterseat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seatbelt low and snug on the child’s hips.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions andinstructions for properly fastening aseat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-11).



SSS0676

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

may or may not illuminate de-pending on the size of the child andthe type of booster seat used. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-48).

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important in-formation concerning the following sys-tems:. Driver and front passenger supple-

mental front-impact air bag (NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner (frontseats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag system: This systemcan help cushion the impact force to thechest and pelvic area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The side air bag is designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the heads of occupants in frontand rear outboard seating positions in

certain side impact or rollover collisions.In a side-impact, the curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags on both sides are de-signed to inflate. Under both side-impactand rollover situations, the curtain airbags will remain inflated for a shortperiod of time.These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash pro-tection provided by the driver and pas-senger seat belts and are not asubstitute for them. Seat belts shouldalways be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument pa-nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”(P.1-11) for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON orSTART position.After the ignition is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemsare operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a sideimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision.Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The front passenger air bag willnot inflate if the front passengerair bag status light is lit. See“Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P.1-48).

. The seat belts and the front airbags are most effective when youare sitting well back and uprightin the seat with both feet on thefloor. The front air bags inflatewith great force. Even with theNISSAN Advanced Air Bag System,if you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or outof position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive ser-ious or fatal injuries from thefront air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far-



away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel.Always use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passengerseat belt buckles are equippedwith sensors that detect if theseat belts are fastened. The Ad-vanced Air Bag System monitorsthe severity of a collision and seatbelt usage then inflates the airbags as needed. Failure to prop-erly wear seat belts can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with occupant classifi-cation sensors (weight sensors)that turn the front passenger airbag OFF under some conditions.These sensors are only used inthis seat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat beltcan increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident. See“Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P.1-48).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk that they areinjured if the front air bag in-

flates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrest-rained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do notattempt to hold them in your lapor arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions areshown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injuredor killed when the front air bags,side air bags or curtain air bagsinflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and chil-dren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating front airbag could seriously injure or killyour child. See “Child restraints”(P.1-20) for details.



SSS0059ADo not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags:. The side air bags ordinarily will

not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact, roll-over or lower severity side colli-sion. Always wear your seat beltsto help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The curtain air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, or lowerseverity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The seat belts, the side air bagsand curtain air bags are mosteffective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.The side air bags and curtain airbags inflate with great force. Donot allow anyone to place theirhand, leg or face near the side airbags on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rearoutboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustra-tions.

. When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the side air baginflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always be

properly restrained. Some exam-ples of dangerous riding posi-t i o n s a r e s h own i n t h eillustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with side air bag inflation.



JVR0571X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod-ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags)

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)3. Occupant classification sensors (weight

sensors)4. Occupant classification system control

unit5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bag modules6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag inflators7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag modules8. Crash zone sensor9. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side

shown; front passenger side similar)

10. Lap outer pretensioners11. Seat belt with pretensioners12. Satellite sensors

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of thepassenger’s Advanced Air Bag sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.. Do not allow a passenger in the

rear seat to push or pull on theseatback pocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat-back, head restraint or in theseatback pocket.

. Make sure nothing is pressingagainst the rear of the seatback,such as a child restraint installedin the rear seat or an objectstored on the floor.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushionand center console or between

the seat cushion and the door.. Be sure that the front passenger

seat does not contact the rearseat, instrument panel, etc., or thehead restraint does not contactthe roof.

. Do not position the front passen-ger seat so it contacts the rearseat. If the front seat does con-tact the rear seat, the air bagsystem may determine a sensormalfunction has occurred and thefront passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the sup-plemental air bag warning lightmay flash.

. If a forward facing child restraintis installed in the front passengerseat, do not position the frontpassenger seat so the child re-straint contacts the instrumentpanel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, thesystemmay determine the seat isoccupied and the passenger airbag may deploy in a collision.Also the front passenger air bagstatus light may not illuminate.See “Child restraints” (P.1-20) forinformation about installing andusing child restraints.

. Confirm the operating conditionwith the front passenger air bagstatus light.

. If you notice that the front pas-senger air bag status light is notoperating as described in thissection, it is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer to check thepassenger seat Advanced Air BagSystem.

. Until you have confirmed withyour dealer that your passengerseat Advanced Air Bag is workingproperly, position the occupantsin the rear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driverand front passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed.The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of thesteering wheel. The passenger supple-mental front-impact air bag is mounted inthe instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces in

another type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper frontair bag operation.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the Air bagControl Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen-sors and the occupant classification sen-sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For thefront passenger, the occupant classifica-tion sensors are also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, de-pending on the information provided bythe occupant classification sensors. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, the frontpassenger air bag status light will beilluminated. (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-48) for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating doesnot indicate improper performance of thesystem.



If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to adisability, you may also contact NISSAN.Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition shouldget fresh air promptly.Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an in-flating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lowerbody.Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of

this, the force of the front air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against,the air bag module during inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.The front air bags operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.After the ignition is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemis operational. SSS0676

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is de-signed to automatically turn OFFunder some conditions. Read thissection carefully to learn how itoperates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is ne-cessary for most effective protec-t i o n . F a i l u r e t o f o l l ow a l linstructions in this manual concern-ing the use of seats, seat belts and

child restraints can increase the riskor severity of injury in an accident.

Status light:The front passenger seat is equipped withoccupant classification sensors (weightsensors) that turn the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weightapplied to the front passenger seat. Thestatus of the front passenger air bag (ONor OFF) is indicated by the front passen-ger air bag status light which islocated on the instrument panel. Afterthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the front passenger air bagstatus light illuminates for about 7 sec-onds and then turns off or remainsilluminate depending on the front pas-senger seat occupied status. The lightoperates as follows:



CONDITION DESCRIPTION PASSENGER AIR BAGINDICATOR LIGHT ( )

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STA-TUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint orSmall Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor sys-tem, please refer to “Normal operation”(P.1-52) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-53) inthis section.

Front passenger air bag:The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF when thevehicle is operated under some condi-tions as described below as permitted byU.S. regulations. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. Thedriver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passen-ger seat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.The occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) are on the seat cushionframe under the front passenger seat andare designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a childis in the front passenger seat, the Ad-

vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe passenger air bag OFF in accordancewith the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in theregulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensors can detect it andcause the air bag to turn OFF.Front passenger seat adult occupantswho are properly seated and using theseat belt as outlined in this manualshould not cause the passenger air bagto be automatically turned OFF. For smalladults it may be turned OFF, however, ifthe occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensors to turn the airbag OFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for themost effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat.If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensors are designed tooperate as described above to turn thefront passenger air bag OFF for specifiedchild restraints. Failing to properly secure

child restraints and to use the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode) may allow the restraint totip or move in an accident or sudden stop.This can also result in the passenger airbag inflating in a crash instead of beingOFF. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-20) forproper use and installation.)If the front passenger seat is not occu-pied, the passenger air bag is designednot to inflate in a crash. However, heavyobjects placed on the seat could result inair bag inflation, because of the objectbeing detected by the occupant classifi-cation sensors. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if achild is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always besure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF.If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly.If a child restraint must be used in the



front seat, the front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not be illumi-nated, depending on the size of the childand the type of child restraint being used.If the front passenger air bag status lightis not illuminated (indicating that the airbag might inflate in a crash), it could bethat the child restraint or seat belt is notbeing used properly. Make sure that thechild restraint is installed properly, theseat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the frontpassenger air bag status light is notilluminated, reposition the occupant orchild restraint in a rear seat.If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you be-lieve that the child restraint, the seat beltsand the occupant are properly positioned,it is recommended that you take yourvehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSANdealer can check the system status byusing a special tool. However, until youhave confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposi-tion the occupant or child restraint in arear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemand front passenger air bag status lightwill take a few seconds to register achange in the passenger seat status. Thisis normal system operation and does not

indicate a malfunction.If a malfunction occurs in the frontpassenger air bag system, the supple-mental air bag warning light , locatedin the meters and gauges area, willilluminate. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Normal operation:In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front pas-senger based on weight, please follow theprecautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions:. Make sure that there are no objects

weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

. Make sure that a child restraint orother object is not pressing againstthe rear of the seatback.

. Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passengerseat or seatback is not forced backagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

. Make sure that the front passengerseat head restraint does not contactthe roof when adjusting the frontpassenger seat.

Steps:1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See

“Seats” (P.1-2).) Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feetcomfortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects onyour lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See“Seat belts” (P.1-11).) Front passengerseat belt buckle status is monitoredby the occupant classification system,and is used as an input to determineoccupancy status. So, it is highlyrecommended that the front passen-ger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify thefront passenger before the vehicle isput into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.

NOTE:This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system locks the classification

during driving so it is important thatyou confirm that the front passenger isproperly classified prior to driving. Also,the occupant classification sensor sys-tem may recalculate the weight of theoccupant under some conditions (bothwhile driving and when stopped), so thefront passenger seat occupant shouldcontinue to remain seated as outlinedabove.Troubleshooting:If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying

the front passenger seat:. Occupant is a small adult — the front

passenger air bag status light is func-tioning as intended. The front passen-ger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to thefollowing conditions that may be interfer-ing with the weight sensors:. Occupant is not sitting upright, lean-

ing against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to thefloor.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pullingon the back of the front passengerseat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or be-tween the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.NOTE:A system check will be performed dur-ing which the front passenger air bagstatus light will remain lit for about 7seconds initially.If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and it is recommendedthat the vehicle should be checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child

or child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat.This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

. Small adult or child is not sittingupright, leaning against the seatback,and centered on the seat cushion withhis/her feet comfortably extended tothe floor.

. The child restraint is not properlyinstalled, as outlined. (See “Child re-straints” (P.1-20).)

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pullingon the back of the front passengerseat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

. The front passenger seat head re-straint contacting the roof.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.



NOTE:A system check will be performed dur-ing which the front passenger air bagstatus light will remain lit for about 7seconds initially.If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should berepositioned in the rear seat and it isrecommended that the vehicle should bechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger

and no objects on the front passengerseat, the vehicle should be checked assoon as possible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on theinstrument panel. Also, do notplace any objects between anyoccupant and the steering wheelor instrument panel. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the frontair bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seatthat will leave permanent impres-sions in the seat. Such objectscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors (weightsensors). This can affect the op-eration of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic clea-ners (hot steam cleaners) on theseat. This can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensors.This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result inserious personal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, sev-eral front air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental airbag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-

cal system, suspension system orfront end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thefront air bag system.

. Tampering with the front air bagsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheeland the instrument panel assem-bly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad and above theinstrument panel or by installingadditional trim material aroundthe air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect thefunction of the air bag systemand result in serious personalinjury.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may resultin serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the frontseats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing ad-ditional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that isnot specifically designed to as-sure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passen-ger seat or the seat cushion and

seatback. Such objects may inter-fere with the proper operation ofthe occupant classification sen-sors.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the seat belt system.This may affect the front air bagsystem. Tampering with the seatbelt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a quali-fied repair facility. A crackedwindshield could affect the func-tion of the supplemental air bagsystem.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-

tion.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS0978

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLE-MENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in theoutside of the seatback of the front seats.The curtain air bags are located in theside roof rails. All of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact.



They are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions.Curtain air bags are also designed toinflate in certain types of rollover colli-sions or near rollovers. As a result, certainvehicle movements (for example, duringsevere off-roading) may cause the curtainair bags to inflate.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper side airbag and curtain air bag operation.When the side air bags and curtain airbags inflate, a fairly loud noise may beheard, followed by release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh airpromptly.Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvic area of the frontoccupants. Curtain air bags help to cush-ion the impact force to the head ofoccupants in the front and rear outboardseating positions. They can help save livesand reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating side air bag or curtain air bagmay cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain air bags do not

provide restraint to the lower body.The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seatedupright as far as practical away from theside air bags. Rear seat passengersshould be seated as far away as practicalfrom the door finishers and side roof rails.The side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect theoccupants. Because of this, the force ofthe side air bags and curtain air bagsinflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation.The side air bag will deflate quickly afterthe collision is over. The curtain air bagwill remain inflated for a short time.The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isin the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemsare operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door finisher and the frontseat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if a side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several sideair bag and curtain air bag sys-tem components will be hot. Donot touch them; youmay severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems. This is toprevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affect prop-er operation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious per-

sonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim materi-al, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bag.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect thefunction of the air bag systemand result in serious personalinjury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the side air bag andcurtain air bag. It is also recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the side air bag orcurtain air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side airbag and curtain air bag systems and

guide the buyer to the appropriate sec-tions in this Owner’s Manual.SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be re-used after activation. They mustbe replaced together with theretractor and buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved ina collision but a pretensioner isnot activated, be sure to have thepretensioner system checkedand, if necessary, repaired. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the pretensioner sys-tem. This is to prevent damage toor accidental activation of thepretensioners. Tampering withthe pretensioner system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the pretensioner system.It is also recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of

electrical equipment. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the pretensioner sys-tem.

. If you need to dispose of a pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Correctpretensioner disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working withthe seat belt retractor, it helps tighten theseat belt when the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are usedthe same way as conventional seat belts.When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful and does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air



promptly.After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.The supplemental air bag warning light

is used to indicate malfunctions inthe pretensioner system. See “Supple-mental air bag warning light” (P.1-59). Ifthe operation of the supplemental air bagwarning light indicates there is a mal-function, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS1020

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child re-straint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it. If the air bag

deploys, it may cause serious injuryor death.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bagsystems, pretensioners and all relatedwiring.When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 secondsand then turns off. This means the systemis operational.If any of the following conditions occur,the air bag and/or pretensioner systemsneed servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warninglight remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioner systemswill not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will re-main illuminated after inflation hasoccurred. These systems should be re-paired and/or replaced as soon as possi-ble. It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.When maintenance work is required onthe vehicle, the front air bags, side airbags, curtain air bags and pretensionersand related parts should be pointed outto the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition switch should alwaysbe in the LOCK position when workingunder the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bagor curtain air bag has inflated, theair bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Ad-ditionally, the activated preten-sioners must also be replaced.The air bag module and preten-sioner should be replaced. It is



recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. However,the air bag modules and preten-sioner system cannot be re-paired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain air bag systems, and pre-tensioner system should be in-spected if there is any damage tothe front end or side portion ofthe vehicle. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. If you need to dispose of a sup-plemental air bag or pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN deal-er. Correct supplemental air bagand pretensioner system dispo-sal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

. If there is an impact to yourvehicle from any direction, yourOccupant Classification Sensor(OCS) should be checked to verifyit is still functioning correctly. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked evenif no air bags deploy as a result of

the impact. Failure to verify prop-er OCS function may result in animproper air bag deployment re-sulting in injury or death.

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit .................................................................................................. 2-3Instrument panel .......................................................................... 2-4Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 2-5

Speedometer and odometer ........................................ 2-6Tachometer ................................................................................ 2-7Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7Fuel gauge................................................................................... 2-8Instrument brightness control .................................... 2-9Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator (if so equipped) ........................... 2-9

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ..................................................................... 2-10

Checking lights ..................................................................... 2-11Warning lights ........................................................................ 2-11Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-16Audible reminders .............................................................. 2-18

Vehicle information display ............................................... 2-19How to use the vehicleinformation display ........................................................... 2-20Startup display ...................................................................... 2-20Settings ....................................................................................... 2-21Vehicle information display warningsand indicators........................................................................ 2-31Trip computer ........................................................................ 2-39Clock and outside air temperature ...................... 2-41

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-42Vehicle Security System.............................................. 2-42NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-43

Wiper and washer switch ................................................... 2-45Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-45

Rear window wiper and washer switch ................. 2-46Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ......................................................................... 2-47Headlight and turn signal switch ................................ 2-48

Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-48Turn signal switch ........................................................... 2-53Fog light switch (if so equipped) ......................... 2-54

Horn ..................................................................................................... 2-54Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-54Heated seats (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-55Dynamic driver assistance switch (modelswithout ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped) ............. 2-56Steering assist switch (models with ProPILOTassist) (if so equipped) .......................................................... 2-57Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ........... 2-57Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-58Rear door alert ............................................................................ 2-58ECO mode switch ..................................................................... 2-59Power outlet ................................................................................. 2-60

USB (Universal Serial Bus)charging connector ........................................................ 2-61

Storage .............................................................................................. 2-62Cup holders ............................................................................. 2-62Soft bottle holders ............................................................. 2-62Cargo area ............................................................................... 2-63Glove box ................................................................................... 2-64Console box............................................................................. 2-64Sunglasses holder .............................................................. 2-64Card holder (driver’s side) ............................................ 2-65Luggage hooks ..................................................................... 2-65Parcel shelf ............................................................................... 2-66

Roof rack (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-67Windows ............................................................................................ 2-68

Power windows .................................................................... 2-68Moonroof (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-71

Power moonroof ................................................................. 2-71Interior lights ............................................................................... 2-73

Interior light switch ........................................................... 2-73

Console light (if so equipped)................................. 2-74Map lights ............................................................................... 2-74Room light ............................................................................ 2-74Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) .................... 2-75Cargo light ............................................................................. 2-75

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 2-76

Programming HomeLink® ......................................... 2-76Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ................................. 2-78Operating the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver .................................................... 2-78Programming troubleshooting ............................. 2-78Clearing the programmed information .......... 2-79Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button ........................................................... 2-79If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-79

WAA0056X

1. Instrument brightness control2. TRIP RESET switch3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light

switch*4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)— Audio control**

— Vehicle information display control5. Steering wheel

— Horn6. Wiper and washer switch7. Hazard indicator flasher switch8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)

— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)*— Cruise control switches*— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system*— ProPILOT assist switch*— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System**— Voice Recognition system switch**— Siri® Eyes Free**

9. Shift lever— Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)— Manual Transmission (MT)

10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch11. Heated steering wheel switch*12. Parking brake (Pedal type)13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch*14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro-

PILOT assist) or Dynamic driver assistanceswitch* (models without ProPILOT assist)

15. ECO switch16. Push-button ignition switch (model with

Intelligent Key system)17. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent

Key system)18. Parking brake (Switch type)19. Automatic brake hold switch**: if so equipped**: See the separate NissanConnect® owner’s

manual (if so equipped).

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls

JVC1090X

1. Side ventilator2. Meters and gauges/Clock3. Center ventilator4. Audio system** or navigation system**

— RearView Monitor*— Intelligent Around View® Monitor*— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem**5. Front passenger supplemental air bag6. Fuse box cover7. Fuel-filler door release handle8. Hood release handle9. Steering wheel lock lever10. Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn

11. Heater/air conditioner control12. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection

port**13. Power outlet14. Defroster switch15. Glove box*: if so equipped**: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-


INSTRUMENT PANEL

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer2. Warning/indicator lights3. Vehicle information display

— Odometer/twin trip odometer4. Speedometer5. Engine coolant temperature gauge6. Fuel gauge

The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position. Thisis not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Sprayingliquid may cause the system tomalfunction.


METERS AND GAUGES


JVI1006XSpeedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERSpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speedin miles per hour (MPH) and kilometersper hour (km/h).

JVI1603X

Distance to empty (dte — km ormile)/OdometerDistance to empty (dte — km or mile):The distance to empty (dte) providesyou with an estimation of the distancethat can be driven before refueling. Thedte is constantly being calculated, basedon the amount of fuel in the fuel tank andthe actual fuel consumption.The display is updated every 30 seconds.The dte mode includes a low rangewarning feature. If the fuel level is low,the warning is displayed on the screen.When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “———”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small,the display just before the ignitionswitch is placed in the “OFF” positionmay continue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or roundingcurves, the fuel in the tank shifts,which may momentarily change thedisplay.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer:After the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position from ON position,the distance to empty and odometer/twin trip odometer stays on for 30seconds. With the ignition switch in OFFposition, when you open any door thenclose all doors, the odometer/twin tripodometer stays on for 30 seconds.The odometer/twin trip odometer is dis-played in the vehicle information displaywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.The odometer displays the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer displays thedistance of individual trips.Changing display:Push the TRIP RESET switch (located onthe instrument panel) to change the dis-play as follows:ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? ODO

Resetting twin trip odometer:Push the TRIP RESET switch for morethan 1 second to reset the trip odometerto zero.

JVI0951X

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear orreduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

JVI0820X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe engine coolant temperature gaugeindicates the engine coolant tempera-ture.The engine coolant temperature is nor-mal when the gauge needle points withinthe zone shown in the illustration.The engine coolant temperature will varywith the outside air temperature anddriving conditions.



CAUTION

. If the gauge indicates the enginecoolant temperature is near thehot (H) end of the normal range,reduce vehicle speed to decreasethe temperature.

. If the gauge is over the normalrange, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible and let the engineidle.

. If the engine is overheated, con-tinued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the en-gine. (See “If your vehicle over-heats” (P.6-11) for immediateaction required.)

JVI0640X

FUEL GAUGEThe fuel gauge indicates the approximatefuel level in the tank when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, accelerating, or goingup and down hills due to movement offuel in the tank.The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fuellevel in the tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe gauge reads 0 (empty).The arrow, , indicates the location ofthe fuel-filler door.

Refuel before the gauge reads theempty (0) position.There is a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge reads the empty (0)position.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light

(MIL) may come on. Refuel assoon as possible. After a fewdriving trips, the light shouldturn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” (P.2-17).

JVI0644X

JVI0661M

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROLThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switchis in the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.Push the + side of the switch tobrighten the meter panel lights. The bar

moves to the + side.Push the - side of the switch to dim thelights. The bar moves to the − side.The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display when the instrumentbrightness control switch is not operatedfor more than 5 seconds.CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA-TOR (if so equipped)The Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) position indicator indicates the shiftlever position when the ignition switch isin the ON position.



Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light

Master warning light Exterior light indicator

Seat belt warning lightFront fog light indicator light (if soequipped)

Brake warning light (red)Supplemental air bag warning light

High beam assist indicator light (if soequipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light

High beam indicator light

Charge warning light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Electric power steering warning light Automatic brake hold indicator light(white) (if so equipped)

Security indicator light

Electronic parking brake warning light(yellow) (if so equipped)

Automatic brake hold indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light Electronic parking brake indicator

light (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) systemwarning light (if so equipped)

Low tire pressure warning light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, , or (red), , ,The following lights (if so equipped) comeon briefly and then go off:

, , , , , or , ,(red), (yellow).

If any light does not come on or operatesin a way other than described, it mayindicate a burned-out bulb and/or asystem malfunction. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock Braking Sys-tem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It is

recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brakesystem then operates normally, but with-out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys-tem” (P.5-145).)

or Brake warning light(red)This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator (models notequipped with electronic parking brakesystem):When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light illuminates when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:When the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the brake warning lightilluminates, and then turns off (modelsequipped with electronic parking brakesystem). If the light illuminates while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake

fluid is necessary, add fluid and havethe system checked. It is recom-

mended you have this service per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See“Brake and clutch fluid” (P.8-9).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It isrecommended you have this serviceperformed by a NISSAN dealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if boththe brake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illu-minate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. Have the brakesystem checked, and if necessary re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”(P.2-11).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be dan-



gerous.. Pressing the brake pedal with the

engine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on thebrake fluid reservoir, do not driveuntil the brake system has beenchecked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Charge warning lightIf the light illuminates while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, have your vehicleserviced immediately. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alter-nator belt is loose, broken or miss-

ing.

Electric power steering warn-ing lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the electric power steeringwarning light illuminates. After startingthe engine, the electric power steeringwarning light turns off. This indicates theelectric power steering is operational.If the electric power steering warninglight illuminates while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the electric powersteering is not functioning properly andmay need servicing. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.When the electric power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine running,the power assist to the steering will ceaseoperation but you will still have control ofthe vehicle. At this time, greater steeringefforts are required to operate the steer-ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and atlow speeds.(See “Electric power steering” (P.5-144).)

Electronic parking brakewarning light (yellow) (if soequipped)The electronic parking brake warninglight functions for the electronic parkingbrake system. When the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, the lightilluminates for a few seconds. If thewarning light illuminates at any othertime, it may indicate that the electronicparking brake system is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked,and, if necessary, repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) system warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the AEB system warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thewarning light turns off.This light illuminates when the AEB sys-tem is set to OFF on the vehicle informa-tion display.If the light illuminates when the AEBsystem is ON, it may indicate that thesystem is unavailable. See “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115) or“Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

pedestrian detection system” (P.5-122).

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system warning light (if soequipped)This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Itturns off after the engine is started.This light illuminates when the RAB sys-tem is turned off in the vehicle informa-tion display.If the light illuminates when the RABsystem is on, it may indicate that thesystem is unavailable. For additional in-formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking(RAB)” (P.5-132).

Low tire pressure warninglightYour vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare tire.The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.After the ignition switch is placed in theON position, this light illuminates forabout 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningalso appears in the vehicle informationdisplay.When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The low tirepressure warning light does not automa-tically turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn offthe low tire pressure warning light. Use atire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningis active as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-19), “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:If the TPMS is not functioning properly,the low tire pressure warning light will

flash for approximately 1 minute when theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion. The light will remain on after the 1minute. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. The “Tire Pressure Low -Add Air” warning does not appear if thelow tire pressure warning light illuminatesto indicate a TPMS malfunction.For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminatewith the ignition switch placed inthe ON position, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice as soon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driv-ing, avoid sudden steering man-euvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an



accident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and alltires are properly inflated, it isrecommended you consult aNISSAN dealer.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute forthe regular tire pressure check.Be sure to check the tire pressureregularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to install the specifiedsize of tires to the four wheelscorrectly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayedon the vehicle information display.. No Key detected warning (if so

equipped). Shift to Park warning (Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT) models)

(if so equipped). Key battery low warning (if so

equipped). Engine start operation for Intelligent

Key system indicator (if so equipped). Key ID incorrect warning (if so

equipped). Release Parking Brake warning. Low fuel level warning. Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped). Door/liftgate open warning. Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

warning (if so equipped). Loose Fuel Cap. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning. Low oil pressure Stop vehicle warning. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual warn-

ing (if so equipped). AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle warning

(if so equipped). Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s Man-

ual warning (if so equipped). Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery

warning. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

warning (if so equipped). Power will turn off to save the battery

warning. Power turned off to save the battery

warning

. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights warn-ing

. Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual warning (if so equipped)

. Timer Alert - Time for a driver break?indicator (if so equipped)

. Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual warning

. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual warn-ing (for Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models)

. Malfunction warning (if so equipped)

. Unavailable: High Cabin Temperaturewarning (if so equipped)

. Not Available: Poor Road Conditionswarning (if so equipped)

. Currently unavailable warning (if soequipped)

. Unavailable: Front Radar Obstructionwarning

. Unavailable: Side Radar Obstructionwarning

. Other warningSee “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).

Seat belt warning lightThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the ON orSTART position, and will remain illumi-nated until the driver’s seat belt is fas-tened. At the same time, the chime willsound for about 6 seconds unless thedriver’s seat belt is securely fastened.The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied.See “Seat belts” (P.1-11) for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglightAfter placing the ignition switch in the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light will illuminate. Thesupplemental air bag warning light willturn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supple-mental side air bag, curtain air bagsystems and/or pretensioner seat beltare operational.If any of the following conditions occur,the front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and pretensioner systems need ser-

vicing.. The supplemental air bag warning

light remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not illuminate at all.

It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or thepretensioners may not function properly.For additional information, see “Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-40).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioner systemswill not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.



Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and thenturns off.The light will blink when the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system or thetraction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle isnearing its traction limits. The road sur-face may be slippery.If the VDC warning light illuminates whilethe VDC system is on, this light alerts thedriver to the fact that the VDC system’sfail-safe mode is operating, for examplethe VDC system may not be functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the VDC system function willbe canceled but the vehicle is still drive-able. For additional information, see “Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-147) of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (if so equipped)When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light illuminates and then turnsoff.When selecting LOCK mode while theengine is running, the LOCK indicatorlight illuminates. (See “Intelligent 4x4”(P.5-139).)

CAUTION

Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode.

Automatic brake hold indica-tor light (white) (if so equipped)The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) illuminates when the automaticbrake hold system is on standby. (See“Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).)

Automatic brake hold indica-tor light (green) (if so equipped)The automatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates while the automaticbrake hold system is operating. (See“Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).)

or Electronic parkingbrake indicator light (if soequipped)The electronic parking brake indicatorlight indicates that the electronic parkingbrake system is operating.When the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the electronic parking brakeindicator light illuminates. When the en-gine is started and the parking brake isreleased, the warning light turns off.If the parking brake is not fully released,the electronic parking brake indicatorlight remains on. Be sure that the electro-nic parking brake indicator light hasturned off before driving. (See “Parkingbrake” (P.5-27).)If the electronic parking brake indicatorlight illuminates or flashes while theelectronic parking brake warning light

(yellow) illuminates, it may indicatethat the electronic parking brake systemis not functioning properly. Have the

system checked, and if necessary re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO (if soequipped), or position and thefront parking lights, rear combinationlights, license plate lights or headlightsare on. The indicator turns off when theselights are turned off.

Front fog light indicator light(if so equipped)The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on.(See “Fog light switch” (P.2-54).)

High beam assist indicatorlight (if so equipped)The indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with thehigh beam selected. This indicates thatthe high beam assist system is opera-tional. (See “High beam assist” (P.2-50).)

High beam indicator lightThis light illuminates when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when thelow beam is selected.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comeson steady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control and/or Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) malfunction.The malfunction indicator light may alsoilluminate steady if the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-fillercap is installed and closed tightly, andthat the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons(11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potentialemission control system malfunction ex-ists.If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indi-cates that the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “Readiness forInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10-

18).)

Operation:The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:. Malfunction indicator light on steady

— An emission control system and/orCVT malfunction has been detected.Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSEFUEL CAP warning appears in thevehicle information display. If thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tight-en or install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The light shouldturn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. Youdo not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emissioncontrol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel-

eration.



3) Avoid steep uphill grades.4) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and remain on.Have the vehicle inspected. It is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked andrepaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel econ-omy, and possible damage to theemission control system.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switchis in the OFF or LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.If the security system is malfunctioning,this light will remain on while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. For additionalinformation, see “Security systems” (P.2-42).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates andthen turns off.The light comes on when the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off switch ispushed to OFF. This indicates that theVDC system and traction control systemare not operating.AUDIBLE REMINDERSKey reminder chimeModels with Intelligent Key:A chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened while the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position with the IntelligentKey left in the vehicle.Make sure the ignition switch is placed inthe LOCK position, and carry it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Models without Intelligent Key:A chime sounds if the driver’s side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch and the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position. Be sure to removethe key and carry it with you when youleave the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeThe light reminder chime will sound whenthe driver side door is opened with theheadlight switch in the or posi-tion, and the ignition switch is in the ACC,OFF or LOCK position.Turn the light switch off when you leavethe vehicle.

Driving aid chimes (if so equipped)An audible alert/chime may be heard ifany of the following systems are active:. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

with Pedestrian Detection. Blind Spot Warning (BSW). Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA). Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC). Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI). Lane Departure Warning (LDW). ProPILOT Assist

. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)

. Rear Sonar System (RSS)For additional information, refer to the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buz-zer (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds ifany one of the following improper opera-tions is found.. The Intelligent Key is left inside the

vehicle when locking the doors.. The Intelligent Key is left outside the

vehicle when operating the vehicle.When the buzzer sounds, be sure tocheck both the vehicle and the IntelligentKey. For additional information, refer to“Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brakepad, the sound will always be heard evenif the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe warning sound is heard.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime willsound if the vehicle is driven at more than4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equippedwith electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4km/h) (models equipped with electronicparking brake) with the parking brakeapplied. Stop the vehicle and release theparking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeThe seat belt warning chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.

JVI0641X

The vehicle information display islocated between the tachometer andthe speedometer, and it displays thewarnings and information. The followingitems are also displayed if the vehicle isequipped with them:. Vehicle settings. Trip computer information. Driver Assistance. Cruise control system information. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. Intelligent Key operation information. Audio information. Navigation - turn by turn


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


. Indicators and warnings

. Tire pressure information

. Chassis Control

. Other information

JVI1566X

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR-MATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can bechanged using the buttons OK , ,

, and located on thesteering wheel.

OK - change or select an item in thevehicle information display

- navigate through the items in vehi-cle information display

- go back to the previous menu- change from one display screen

to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the vehicle information dis-play may display the following screens ifthe vehicle is equipped with them:. Home. Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip

(Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy. Compass or Navigation. Audio. Intelligent Cruise Control or ProPILOT

Assist. Driving Aids. Tire Pressures. 4x4–i. Chassis Control. Warnings. SettingsWarnings will only display if there are anypresent. For more information on warn-ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa-tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2-31).To control what items display in thevehicle information display, see “Settings”(P.2-21).

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to changethe information displayed in the vehicleinformation display:. Driver Assistance. Clock. Meter Settings. Vehicle Settings. Maintenance. Alarm (if so equipped). Tire Pressures. Unit. Language. Factory Reset

Driver AssistanceTo change the status, warnings or turn onor off any of the systems/warnings dis-played in the “Driver Assistance” menu,use the buttons to select and theOK to change a menu item:. Driving Aids. Parking Aids (if so equipped). Chassis Control (if so equipped). Power Steering (if so equipped)

Driving Aids:To change the status, warnings or turn onor off any of the systems/warnings dis-played in the “Driving Aids” menu, use the

buttons to select and the OK tochange a menu item:. Steering Assist (if so equipped)

Allows user to turn the Steering AssistON/OFF.

. Emergency Brake— Front

Allows user to turn the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) systemON/OFF

— Rear (if so equipped)Allows user to turn the Rear Auto-matic Braking (RAB) system ON/OFF.

. Lane (if so equipped)— Warning (LDW)

Allows user to turn the Lane De-parture Warning (LDW) system ON/OFF.

— Prevention (LDP)Allows user to turn the IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) system ON/OFF.

. Blind Spot— Warning (BSW)

Allows user to turn the Blind SpotWarning (BSW) system ON/OFF.

For additional information, see “ProPILOTassist” (P.5-86), “Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)” (P.5-115), “Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian de-

tection system” (P.5-122), “Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB)” (P.5-132), “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent LaneIntervention (I-LI)” (P.5-107), and “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46).

Parking Aids (if so equipped):To change the status or turn on or off anyof the systems displayed in the “ParkingAids” menu, use the buttons toselect and the OK to change a menuitem:. Moving Object (if so equipped)

Press the OK to turn the MovingObject Detection (MOD) ON/OFF.

. Cross TrafficPress the OK to turn the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) ON/OFF.

. Rear Sensor (if so equipped)Allows user to turn the rear sensorON/OFF.

. Display (if so equipped)Allows user to turn the Rear SonarSystem (RSS) display ON/OFF.

. Volume (if so equipped)Allows user to select sensor volume(High, Med. or Low).

. Range (if so equipped)Allows user to select the sensor range(Far, Mid. or Near).

For additional information, see “Moving



Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21), “RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56) and“Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152).

Chassis Control:To change the status, warnings or turn onor off any of the systems/warnings dis-played in the “Chassis Control” menu.Use the buttons to select and theOK to change a menu item:. Trace Control

— See “Intelligent Trace Control” (P.5-149) for more information.

. Engine Brake (if so equipped)— See “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con-

tinuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models)” (P.5-150) for moreinformation.

Press the OK to turn ON/OFF.

Power Steering:Use the buttons to select and theOK to change a menu item:. NORMAL

The NORMAL mode is recommendedfor normal driving.

. SPORTThe SPORT mode adjusts the steeringto enhance performance.

ClockAllows user to adjust the clock settingsand time within the vehicle informationdisplay. Adjustments that can be madeinclude automatically setting the time,12H/24H format, Daylight Savings Time,time zone, and manually setting the time(depending on the vehicle’s equipment).The clock may also be set within thecenter display. For additional information,refer to the separate NissanConnectOwner’s Manual.

Meter SettingsThe meter settings allows the customerto choose from the various meter selec-tions.The meter settings can be changed usingthe and the OK buttons.

Main Menu Selection:The items that display when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position can beenabled/disabled. To change the itemsthat are displayed, use the to scrolland the OK to select a menu item.

Body Color:The color of the vehicle that displays inthe vehicle information display when theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion can be changed.

1. Use the buttons until “BodyColor” is selected, and press OK .

2. Select the body color using thebuttons and press OK .

ECO Mode Settings:This setting allows the customer tochange the ECO mode system settings.Use the buttons until “ECO ModeSettings” is selected, and press OK .- ECO IndicatorThis setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the ambient ECO indicator inthe vehicle information display.1. Use the buttons to select “ECO

Indicator”.2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the

ambient ECO in the vehicle informa-tion display.

WAC0086X

- DISP ModeThis setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the ECO pedal guide func-tion.1. Use the buttons to select “DISP

Mode”.2. Press the OK to select “Pedal” or

“Inst.FE.”.For detailed information, see “ECO modesystem” (P.5-32).

ECO Drive Report:- DisplayThis setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the ECO Drive Report in thevehicle information display.

1. Use the buttons to select “Dis-play”.

2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF theECO management display in the vehi-cle information display.

- View HistoryThis setting allows the customer to resetthe past history of the fuel economy andthe best fuel economy.

Welcome Effect:You can choose whether or not to displaythe welcome screen when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Youcan also choose the following items todefine how the welcome screen looks:. Dial Effect. Display EffectSelect “Welcome Effect” using thebuttons and press the OK to selectthis menu. Use the buttons tonavigate between the menu options andpress the OK to turn each function ON/OFF.

Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allows the customerto change settings for the followingsettings.. Lighting. Turn indicator. Locking. Wipers. Rear Door Alert. Remote start (if so equipped)The vehicle settings can be changedusing the , and the OK buttons.

Lighting:The “Lighting” menu has the followingoptions:. Welcome Light

The welcome lighting can be set to beON or OFF. From the “Lighting” menu,select “Welcome Light”. Use the OKto turn this feature ON or OFF.

. Auto Room LampThe interior light timer can be set tobe ON or OFF. From the “Lighting”menu, select “Auto Room Lamp”. Usethe OK to turn this feature ON orOFF.

. Light Sensitivity (if so equipped)The sensitivity of the Intelligent AutoHeadlight can be adjusted. From the



“Lighting” menu, select “Light Sensitiv-ity”. Use the buttons and the OK

to select the required sensitivity.The following options are available:— Turn on earliest— Turn on earlier— Turn on standard— Turn on later

. Light Off Delay (if so equipped)The duration of the automatic head-lights can be changed from 0 to 180seconds. From the “Lighting” menu,select “Light Off Delay”. Use the OKto change the duration.

Turn indicator:The “3 Flash Pass” overtaking feature canbe set to be ON or OFF. From the “Turnindicator” menu, select “3 Flash Pass”. Usethe OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.

Locking:There are the following options in the“Locking” menu:. I–Key Door Lock (if so equipped)

When this item is turned on, therequest switch on the door is acti-vated. From the “Locking” menu, select“I-Key Door Lock”. Use the OK toactivate or deactivate this function.

. Selective UnlockWhen this item is turned on, and thedoor handle request switch on thedriver’s or front passenger’s side dooris pushed, only the correspondingdoor is unlocked. All the doors canbe unlocked if the door handle re-quest switch is pushed again within 1minute. When this item is turned to off,all the doors will be unlocked whenthe door handle request switch ispushed once. From the “Locking”menu, select “Selective Unlock”. Usethe OK to activate or deactivate thisfunction.

. Auto Door UnlockThe “Auto Door Unlock” feature allowsthe customer to customize the autodoor unlock options.— Ignition OFF— Shift to Park (for Continuously Vari-

able Transmission (CVT) models)— Off

. Answer Bk. Horn (if so equipped)When the answer back horn is on, thehorn will chirp and the hazard indica-tors will flash twice when locking thevehicle with the Intelligent Key orremote keyless entry function.

Wipers:. Speed Dependent

The “Speed Dependent” feature can beactivated or deactivated. From the“Wipers” menu, select “Speed Depen-dent”. Use the OK to turn thisfeature ON or OFF.

. Reverse LinkThe “Reverse Link” wiper feature canbe set to be ON or OFF. From the“Wipers” menu, select “Reverse Link”.Use the OK to turn this feature ONor OFF.

. Drip wipeThe “Drip wipe” feature can be set tobe ON or OFF. From the “Wipers” menu,select “Drip wipe”. Use the OK to turnthis feature ON or OFF.

Rear Door Alert:. Horn & Alert

When selected, the alert is displayedand the horn sounds.

. Alert OnlyWhen selected, only the alert is dis-played.

. OFFWhen selected, no alert or horn will beactive.

For additional information, refer to “Reardoor alert” (P.2-58).

Remote start (if so equipped):The “Remote start” feature allows user toturn the remote engine start on or off.When turned on, the engine can berestarted remotely. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Remote engine start”(P.3-23).

MaintenanceThe maintenance mode allows you to setalerts for the reminding of maintenanceintervals. To change an item:Select “Maintenance” using the switch

and press OK .

Oil and Filter:This indicator appears when the custo-mer set distance comes for changing theengine oil and filter. You can set or resetthe distance for checking or replacingthese items. For scheduled maintenanceitems and intervals, refer to the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section.

Tire:This indicator appears when the custo-mer set distance comes for replacingtires. You can set or reset the distancefor replacing tires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is nota substitute for regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks. See“Changing wheels and tires” (P.8-37).Many factors including tire inflation,alignment, driving habits and roadconditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting thetire replacement indicator for a cer-tain driving distance does not meanyour tires will last that long. Use thetire replacement indicator as a guideonly and always perform regular tirechecks. Failure to perform regulartire checks, including tire pressurechecks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, whichcould result in serious personal in-jury or death.

Other:This indicator appears when the custo-mer set distance comes for checking orreplacing maintenance items other thanthe engine oil, oil filter and tires. Othermaintenance items can include suchthings as air filter or tire rotation. Youcan set or reset the distance for checking

or replacing the items.

Alarm (if so equipped)This setting allows the customer to setalarms.Select “Alarm” using the button andpress OK button .

Timer Alert (if so equipped):This setting allows the customer to set analert to notify the driver that the set timehas been reached.1. Use the button to select “Timer

Alert”.2. Press the OK button .3. To change the timer amount, use the

button and the OK button tosave the selected time amount.

Navigation (if so equipped):This setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the alert for navigation in thevehicle information display.1. Use the button to select “Navi-

gation”.2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF

the alert.

Phone (if so equipped):This setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the alert for an incoming callin the vehicle information display.



1. Use the button to select“Phone”.

2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFFthe alert.

Mail (if so equipped):This setting allows the customer to en-able/disable the alert for incoming mail inthe vehicle information display.1. Use the button to select “Mail”.2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF

the alert.

Tire PressuresThe settings in the “Tire pressures” menuare all related to the Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS). (See “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5), “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.8-29).)

Tire Pressure Unit:The unit for tire pressure that displays inthe vehicle information display can bechanged to:. psi. kPa. bar. Kgf/cm2

Use the button and the OK buttonto select and change the unit.

If necessary, refer to the following table toconvert between units.

JVI0938X

UnitThe units that are shown in the vehicleinformation display can be changed:. Mileage. Tire pressures. TemperatureUse the button , and the OK button

to select and change the units of thevehicle information display.

Mileage:The unit for the mileage that displays inthe vehicle information display can bechanged to:

. km, l/100km

. km, km/l

. miles, MPGUse the button and the OK button

to select and change the unit.

Tire pressures:See “Tire Pressures” (P.2-26).

Temperature:The temperature that displays in thevehicle information display can be chan-ged from:. °C (Celsius). °F (Fahrenheit)Use the button to toggle choices.



LanguageThe language of the vehicle informationdisplay can be changed.Use the button , and the OK button

to select and change the language ofthe vehicle information display.

Factory ResetThe settings in the vehicle informationdisplay can be reset back to the factorydefault. To reset the vehicle informationdisplay:1. Select “Factory Reset” using the

button and press the OK button .2. Select “YES” to return all settings back

to default by pressing the OK button.

WAC0082X



WAC0083X

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS1. Engine start operation indicator(for Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models)This indicator appears when the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine directly in any position of theignition switch.

2. Engine start operation indicator(for Manual Transmission (MT)models)This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe clutch pedal depressed. You can startthe engine directly in any position of theignition switch.You can also start the engine by pushingthe ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed when the shift lever is in the N(Neutral) position.

3. No Key detected warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theON position. Make sure that the IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle.See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) formore details.

4. Shift to Park warning (CVT mod-els) (if so equipped)This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position or place theignition switch in the ON position.An inside warning chime will also sound.(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).)

5. Key battery low warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-23).

6. Engine start operation for Intelli-gent Key system indicator (if soequipped)This indicator appears when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of powerand when the Intelligent Key system andvehicle are not communicating normally.If this indicator appears, touch the igni-tion switch with the Intelligent Key whiledepressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli-gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17).)

7. Key ID incorrect warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is placed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered key. Use theregistered Intelligent Key.See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).

8. Release Parking Brake warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) (modelsnot equipped with electronic parkingbrake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (modelsequipped with electronic parking brake)and the parking brake is applied. Stop thevehicle and release the parking brake.



9. Low fuel level warningThis warning appears when the fuel levelin the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). Therewill be a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge needle reaches 0(Empty).

10. Low Washer Fluid warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the windowwasher fluid is at a low level. Add windowwasher fluid as necessary. For additionalinformation, refer to “Window washerfluid” (P.8-10).

11. Door/liftgate open warningThis warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the liftgate are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the liftgate is open on the display.

12. Key System Error: See Owner’sManual warning (if so equipped)This warning appears if there is a mal-function in the Intelligent Key system.If this warning appears while the engine isstopped, the engine cannot be started. Ifthis warning appears while the engine isrunning, the vehicle can be driven. How-ever, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for repair as soon aspossible.

13. Loose Fuel Cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. For additionalinformation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3-28).

14. Tire Pressure Low — Add AirwarningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meterilluminates and low tire pressure is de-tected. The warning appears each timethe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated. If thiswarning appears, stop the vehicle andadjust the pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. (See “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-13) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

15. Low Oil Pressure Stop VehiclewarningThis warning appears if low engine oilpressure is detected. If the warning ap-pears during normal driving, pull off theroad in a safe area and stop the engineimmediately. It is recommended that youcall a NISSAN dealer.The low oil pressure warning is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” (P.8-6).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engineoil pressure warning displayed couldcause serious damage to the engine.

16. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manualwarning (if so equipped)This warning appears when the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system is not functioningproperly while the engine is running.Reduce vehicle speed and have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service. See“Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139).

17. AWD High Temp. Stop vehiclewarning (if so equipped)This warning may appear while trying tofree a stuck vehicle due to increased oiltemperature. The driving mode maychange to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If thiswarning is displayed, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling, as soon as it is safe todo so. Then if the warning turns off, youcan continue driving. See “Intelligent 4x4”(P.5-139).

18. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’sManual warning (if so equipped)This warning may appear if there is alarge difference between the diameters ofthe front and rear wheels and tires. Pulloff the road in a safe area, with the engineidling. Check that all the tire sizes are thesame, that the tire pressure is correct andthat the tires are not excessively worn.See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139).

19. Battery Voltage Low ChargeBattery warningThis warning appears when the batteryvoltage is low and the battery needs to becharged.

20. Shipping Mode On Push Sto-rage Fuse warning (if so equipped)This warning may appear if the extendedstorage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this warning ap-pears, push in (switch on) the extendedstorage fuse switch to turn off the warn-ing. For more information, see “Extendedstorage fuse switch” (P.8-21).

21. Power will turn off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position for a certainperiod of time.

22. Power turned off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned OFF tosave the battery.

23. Reminder: Turn OFF HeadlightswarningThis warning appears when the driverside door is opened with the headlightswitch is left ON and the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position. Placethe headlight switch in OFF or AUTO (if soequipped) position. For additional infor-mation, see “Headlight and turn signalswitch” (P.2-48).

24. Headlight System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual warning (if soequipped)This warning appears if the LED head-lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

25. Timer Alert — Time for a driverbreak? indicatorThis indicator appears when the set “Timefor a driver break?” indicator activates.You can set the time for up to 6 hours.

26. Chassis Control System Error:See Owner’s Manual warningThis warning appears if the chassis con-trol module detects an error in thechassis control system. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. (See“Chassis control” (P.5-149).)

27. Cruise control indicator (if soequipped)This indicator shows the cruise controlsystem status. The status is shown by thecolor.See “Cruise control” (P.5-64) for details.



28. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)indicator (if so equipped)This indicator shows the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. The status isshown by the color. (See “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) (models without Pro-PILOT assist)” (P.5-66).)

29. Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) position indicator(CVT models)This indicator shows the automatic shiftposition.In the manual shift mode, when thetransmission does not shift to the se-lected gear due to a transmission protec-tion mode, the CVT position indicator willblink and a chime will sound.See “Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)” (P.5-20) for further details.

30. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manualwarning (CVT models)This warning appears when there is amalfunction with the CVT system. If thiswarning comes on, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

31. Malfunction warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the followingsystems malfunction.. Lane Departure Warning (LDW). Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI). Blind Spot Warning (BSW). Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

with pedestrian detection. Rear automatic braking (RAB)For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent LaneIntervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Rear Cross Traf-fic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56), “ProPILOT assist”(P.5-86), “Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB)” (P.5-115), “Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) with pedestrian detectionsystem” (P.5-122) or “Rear Automatic Brak-ing (RAB)” (P.5-132).

32. ECO mode indicatorThe ECO mode indicator appears whenthe ECO mode system is turned on.(See “ECO mode system” (P.5-32).)

33. Unavailable: High Cabin Tem-perature warning (if so equipped)This warning appears if the interior tem-perature of the vehicle has reached sucha high temperature that the sensor forthe Lane Departure Warning (LDW) orIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systemscan no longer function reliably. Once theinterior temperature has reached normallevels, the warning should disappear.If the warning continues to display, havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.For additional information, refer to “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35) or “In-telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).

34. Not Available: Poor Road Con-ditions warning (if so equipped)This message appears when IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system becomesunavailable because the road is slippery.For additional information, refer to “In-telligent Cruise Control (ICC) (modelswithout ProPILOT assist)” (P.5-66) or “In-telligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models withProPILOT assist)” (P.5-97).

35. Currently unavailable warning(if so equipped)This message appears when the Intelli-gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systembecomes unavailable because the VDC isturned off. For additional information,refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) (models without ProPILOT assist)”(P.5-66) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(models with ProPILOT assist)” (P.5-97).

36. Unavailable: Front Radar Ob-struction warningIf the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theAutomatic Emergency Braking (AEB) sys-tem, Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with pedestrian detection system, Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system or Pro-PILOT assist system is automaticallyturned off. The warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.If the warning message appears, park thevehicle in a safe location and turn theengine off.Check to see if the sensor area of thefront bumper is blocked. If the sensorarea of the front bumper is blocked,remove the blocking material. Restart

the engine. If the warning message con-tinues to appear, have the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) system, Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe-destrian detection system, IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) or ProPILOT assistsystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.For more details, see “Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115), “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with pedestriandetection system” (P.5-122), “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) (models without Pro-PILOT assist)” (P.5-66) or “ProPILOT assist”(P.5-86).

37. Unavailable: Side Radar Ob-struction warningThis warning appears when the BlindSpot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA) system becomes unavailablebecause a radar blockage is detected.(See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or“Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56).)

38. Press Brake Pedal warning (forelectronic parking brake equippedmodels)This indicator appears in the followingsituations:

. The driver tries to release the electro-nic parking brake manually withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

. The vehicle is stopped on a steep hilland there is a possibility of movingbackward, even if the electronic park-ing brake is applied.

. This warning appears if the vehiclemoves while the automatic brake holdis activated.

39. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)indicator (if so equipped)This indicator shows when the LDW and/or I-LI systems are engaged.See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)”(P.5-40).

40. Steering assist indicator (if soequipped)This indicator appears when the steeringassist system is engaged.See “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-86).



41. Steering assist alert (if soequipped)This message may appear when thesteering assist system is engaged.It will be displayed under the followingcondition:. When not holding the steering wheel

or when there is no steering wheeloperation.

Hold on the steering wheel immediately.When the steering operation is detected,the warning turns off and the steeringassist function is automatically restored.For additional information, refer to “Pro-PILOT assist” (P.5-86).

42. Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) emergency warning indicatorThis indicator illuminates along, with anaudible warning, when the system de-tects the possibility of a forward collision.See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)”(P.5-115) or “Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) with pedestrian detection sys-tem” (P.5-122).

43. Rear Door Alert is activatedWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the Rear Door Alert systemis active and can remind the driver tocheck the back seat.. Using the steering switch, a driver can

select “Dismiss Message” to clear thedisplay for a period of time. If noselection is made, this message auto-matically turns off after a period oftime.

. Using the steering switch, a driver canselect “Disable Alert” to disable thehorn alert for the remainder of thecurrent trip.

For additional information, see “Rear dooralert” (P.2-58).

WARNING

Selecting “Dismiss Message” during astop within a trip temporarily dis-misses the message for that stopwithout turning the system off.Alerts can be provided for otherstops during the trip. Selecting “Dis-able Alert” turns off the Rear DoorAlert system for the remainder of atrip and no audible alert will beprovided.

NOTE:This system is disabled until a driverenables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).44. Check Back Seat For all articlesWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the vehicle comes to acomplete stop, the shift lever is movedfrom the D (Drive) position to P (Park)position, and the driver exits the vehicle.This message alerts the driver, after aperiod of time, to check for items in therear seat after the audible alert has beenprovided.NOTE:This system is disabled until a driverenables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).45. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)indicator (if so equipped)This indicator illuminates to indicate thestatus of the Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) system.See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5-132).

46. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indi-cator (if so equipped)This indicator illuminates to indicate thestatus of the Rear Sonar System.See “Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152).

47. Not Available Bad Weather (if soequipped)This message may appear when thesteering assist system is engaged.Under the following conditions, the steer-ing assist system is automatically can-celed:. When the wiper low speed or high

speed operates.. When lane markers in the traveling

lane cannot be correctly detected fora period of time due to such items as asnow rut, reflection of light on a rainyday or several unclear lane markersare present.

If you want to use the steering assistsystem again, cancel the ProPILOT assistsystem and set it again when lanemarkers are clearly visible.

48. Not available Front CameraObstructed (if so equipped)This message may appear when theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro-PILOT assist) system is engaged.Under the following conditions, the ICC(with ProPILOT assist) system is automa-tically canceled:. The camera area of the windshield is

fogged up or covered with dirt, water,drops, ice, snow, etc.

. Strong light, such as sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles, enterthe front camera

49. Not Available Parking Brake On(if so equipped)This message may appear when theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro-PILOT assist) system is engaged.Under the following condition, the ICC(with ProPILOT assist) system is automa-tically canceled:. The electronic parking brake is ap-

plied.The above system cannot be used whenthe electronic parking brake is activated.

50. Not Available Seat Belt NotFastened (if so equipped)This message may appear when theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro-PILOT assist) system is engaged.Under the following condition, the ICC(with ProPILOT assist) system is automa-tically canceled:. When the driver’s seat belt is not

fastened.The ICC (with ProPILOT assist) systemcannot be used when the driver’s seatbelt is not fastened.

51. Press Brake Pedal (if soequipped)This message may appear when theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro-PILOT assist) system is engaged.It will be displayed under the followingcondition:. While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC

(with ProPILOT assist), the driver’sdoor is opened but the electronicparking brake was not activated.

Step on the brake immediately.



WAC0084X

TRIP COMPUTER1. Safety Shield (if so equipped)The safety shield mode shows the oper-ating condition for the following systems.. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if so

equipped). Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so

equipped). Blind Spot Warning (BSW). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (if

so equipped). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

with pedestrian detection system (ifso equipped)

For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent LaneIntervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115) or “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) withpedestrian detection system” (P.5-122).

2. Average speed 1 and 2 (MPH orkm/h)The average speed 1 mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the last reset.The average speed 2 mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the time theignition switch was turned ON. The aver-age speed 2 is automatically reset eachtime the ignition is placed in the OFF

position.Resetting is done by pushing the OKbutton. When the OK button is pushed,the following menu items are displayed.. Cancel

— Return to the previous screen with-out resetting.

. Average Speed— Reset the average speed.

. All— Reset all items of “Average Speed”,

“Elapsed time and trip odometer”and “Fuel economy.”

Once the “Average speed 1” is displayed,you can use buttons to switchbetween the “Average speed 1” and “Aver-age speed 2.”The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer 1and 2 (mile or km)Elapsed time:The elapsed time mode 1 shows the timesince the last reset. The elapsed time 2mode shows the time since the ignitionswitch was turned ON. (The trip odometeris also reset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:The trip odometer 1 mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. The trip odometer 2 modeshows the total distance the vehicle hasbeen driven since the time the ignitionswitch was placed in the ON position. (Theelapsed time is also reset at the sametime.)The elapsed time and trip odometer 2 isautomatically reset each time the ignitionis placed in the OFF position.Resetting is done by pushing the OKbutton. When the OK button is pushed,the following menu items are displayed.. Cancel


. Distance— Reset the elapsed time and trip

odometer.




“Elapsed time and trip odometer”and “Fuel economy.”

Once the “Elapsed time and trip odometer1” is displayed, you can use buttonsto switch between the “Elapsed time andtrip odometer 1” and “Elapsed time andtrip odometer 2.”

4-5. Fuel economy/ECO pedalguideCurrent fuel consumption:The current fuel consumption modeshows the current fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption:The average fuel consumption 1 modeshows the average fuel consumptionsince the last reset. The average fuelconsumption 2 mode shows the averagefuel consumption since the time theignition switch was placed in the ONposition. The average fuel consumption2 is automatically reset each time theignition is placed in the OFF position.Resetting is done by pushing the OKbutton. When the OK button is pushed,the following menu items are displayed.. Cancel


. Fuel Economy— Reset the fuel economy.


“Elapsed time and trip odometer”and “Fuel economy”.

Once the “Fuel economy 1” is displayed,you can use buttons to switchbetween the “Fuel economy 1” and “Fueleconomy 2”.The display is updated every 30 seconds.For about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

6. AudioThe audio mode shows the status ofaudio information.

7. Navigation (if so equipped)When the route guidance is set in thenavigation system, this item shows thenavigation route information.

8. Compass (if so equipped)This display indicates the heading direc-tion of the vehicle.

9. Intelligent 4x4 torque distributiondisplay (if so equipped)When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu-tion display is selected, you can view thedistribution ratio of the transmissiontorque to the front and rear wheelsduring driving.

10. Chassis controlWhen Intelligent Trace Control, IntelligentEngine Brake (Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models) or Active RideControl system is operated, it shows theoperating condition. It also shows oper-ating condition of Hill Start Assist. Theoperating condition of the automaticbrake hold system (if so equipped) is alsoshown. See “Intelligent Trace Control”(P.5-149), “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)models)” (P.5-150), “Active Ride Control”(P.5-151), “Hill Start Assist system” (P.5-152)or “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29) formore details.

11. Tire PressuresThe tire pressure mode shows the pres-sure of all four tires while the vehicle isdriven.When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Airwarning appears, the display can beswitched to the tire pressure mode by

pushing the OK button to reveal addi-tional details on the displayed warning.

JVI0932X

CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM-PERATUREThe clock and outside air temperature

are displayed on the upper side of thevehicle information display.

ClockFor clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-22)or the separate NissanConnect Owner’sManual (if so equipped).

Outside air temperature (°F or °C)The outside air temperature is displayedin °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40to 60°C).The outside air temperature mode in-cludes a low temperature warning fea-ture. If the outside air temperature isbelow 37°F (3°C), the warning is dis-played (if so equipped).The outside temperature sensor is lo-cated in front of the radiator. The sensormay be affected by road or engine heat,wind directions and other driving condi-tions. The display may differ from theactual outside temperature or the tem-perature displayed on various signs orbillboards.



JVI1587X

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:. Vehicle security system. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown bythe security indicator light.VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system providesvisual and audio alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood (if so equipped)and liftgate when the system is armed. Itis not, however, a motion detection typesystem that activates when a vehicle ismoved or when a vibration occurs.The system helps deter vehicle theft but

cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle com-ponents in all situations. Always secureyour vehicle even if parking for a briefperiod. Never leave your keys in thevehicle, and always lock it when unat-tended. Be aware of your surroundings,and park in secure, well-lit areas when-ever possible.Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may alsooffer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may beeligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows. The system can be

armed even if the windows are open.2. Remove the keys from the vehicle.3. Close all doors, hood (if so equipped)

and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doorscan be locked with the key fob (if soequipped), Intelligent Key (if soequipped), door handle request switch(if so equipped), power door lockswitch, or mechanical key.

4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds.The vehicle security system is now

SECURITY SYSTEMS

pre-armed. The vehicle security sys-tem will automatically shift into thearmed phase. The security light beginsto flash once every three seconds. Ifduring the pre-armed phase one ofthe following occurs, the system willnot arm:. Any door is unlocked with the key

fob (if so equipped), the IntelligentKey (if so equipped), mechanicalkey, or door request switch.

. Ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood (if soequipped) and liftgate locked with theignition switch placed in the LOCK posi-tion. When placing the ignition switch inthe ON position, the system will bereleased.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:. The headlights blink and the horn

sounds intermittently.. The alarm automatically turns off

after approximately 50 seconds. How-ever, the alarm reactivates if thevehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:. opening any doors, the hood (if so

equipped) or liftgate without using thekey or Intelligent Key (even if the dooris unlocked by releasing the doorinside lock knob).

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a dooror the liftgate with the mechanical key,pressing the UNLOCK button on thekey fob (if so equipped) or the IntelligentKey (if so equipped), or pushing therequest switch (if so equipped) on thedriver’s or passenger’s door in range ofthe door handle.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.If the engine fails to start using theregistered key, it may be due to inter-ference caused by another registered key,an automated toll road device or auto-mated payment device on the key ring.Restart the engine using the followingprocedures:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON

position for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.4. Restart the engine while holding the

device (which may have caused theinterference) separate from the regis-tered key.If this procedure allows the engine tostart, NISSAN recommends placing theregistered key on a separate key ringto avoid interference from other de-vices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate the



equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks when-ever the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position.This function indicates the NISSAN Vehi-cle Immobilizer System is operational.If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, the light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is placed in theON position.If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service forthe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemas soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have. It is

recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warm wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer con-tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Do

not use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

If the windshield wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wipermay stop moving to protect its motor. Ifthis occurs, turn the wiper switch to theOFF position and remove the snow orice that is on and around the wiperarms. In approximately 1 minute, turnthe switch on again to operate thewiper.

JVI0863X

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHEROPERATIONThe windshield wiper and washer oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

Intermittent — intermittent operation canbe adjusted by turning the knob toward

(Slower) or (Faster). Also, the inter-mittent operation speed varies in accor-dance with the vehicle speed. (Forexample, when the vehicle speed is high,the intermittent operation speed will befaster.)Low — continuous low speed operation


WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


High — continuous high speed operationPush the lever up to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.After a short delay, the drip wipe functionwill operate the wiper once more to clearremaining windshield-washer fluid fromthe windshield.NOTE:The Speed Dependent feature and DripWipe feature may be disabled. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-19) in this sec-tion.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rearwindow glass and obscure your vi-sion. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rearwindow.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer con-tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Do

not use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wipermay stop moving to protect its motor. Ifthis occurs, turn the wiper switch to theOFF position and remove the snow orice that is on and around the wiperarms. In approximately 1 minute, turnthe switch on again to operate thewiper.

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

JVI0867X

The rear window wiper and washeroperate when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Reverse Link feature:When the windshield wiper switch is on,moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position will operate the rear windowwiper.NOTE:The Reverse Link feature may be dis-abled. For additional information, referto “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).Wiper drip wipe system:The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipewasher fluid that has dripped on thewindshield.

JVI0852XType A

JVI0853XType B


REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH


To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors (if so equipped), startthe engine and push the switch on. Theindicator light will illuminate. Push theswitch again to turn the defroster off.It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear windowdefroster. JVI1616X

HEADLIGHT SWITCHLighting

Rotate the switch to the position, andthe front parking, tail, license plate, andinstrument panel lights will come on.Rotate the switch to the position, andthe headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

JVI1624X

Intelligent Auto Headlight system (ifso equipped)The Intelligent Auto Headlight systemallows the headlights to be set so theyturn on and off automatically.To set the Intelligent Auto Headlightsystem:1. Make sure the headlight switch is in

the AUTO position .2. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system

automatically turns the headlights onand off.

To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

system off, turn the switch to the OFF,or position.The Intelligent Auto Headlight system canturn on the headlights automaticallywhen it is dark and turn off the headlightswhen it is light.The headlights will also be turned onautomatically at twilight or in rainyweather (when the windshield wiper isoperated continuously).If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes. JVI0510X

Be sure not to put anything on top ofthe photo sensor located on the topof the instrument panel. The photosensor controls the Intelligent AutoHeadlight; if it is covered, the photosensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

Automatic headlights off delay (if soequipped):You can keep the headlights on for up to180 seconds after you place the ignitionswitch in the OFF and open any door thenclose all the doors. You can adjust theperiod of the automatic headlights offdelay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 sec-onds. The factory default setting is 45

seconds.For automatic headlights off delaysetting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).



JVI1617X

Headlight beam selectTo select the high beam function, pushthe lever forward. The high beam lightscome on and the light illuminates.Pull the lever back to select the low beam.Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

High beam assist (if so equipped)The high beam assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) andabove. If an oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle appears in front of your vehiclewhen the headlight high beam is on, theheadlight will be switched to the lowbeam automatically.

Precautions on high beam assist:

WARNING

. The high beam assist system is aconvenience but it is not a sub-stitute for safe driving operation.The driver should remain alert atall times, ensure safe drivingpractices and switch the highbeams and low beam manuallywhen necessary.

. The high beam or low beam maynot switch automatically underthe following conditions. Switchthe high beam and low beammanually.— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, wind, etc.).— When a light source similar to

a headlight or tail light is in

the vicinity of the vehicle.— When the headlights of the

oncoming vehicle or the lead-ing vehicle are turned off,when the color of the light isaffected due to foreign mate-rials on the lights, or when thelight beam is out of position.

— When there is a sudden, con-tinuous change in brightness.

— When driving on a road thatpasses over rolling hills, or aroad that has level differ-ences.

— When driving on a road withmany curves.

— When a sign or mirror-likesurface is reflecting intenselight towards the front of thevehicle.

— When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle isreflecting intense light.

— When a headlight on yourvehicle is damaged or dirty.

— When the vehicle is leaning atan angle due to a puncturedtire, being towed, etc.

. The timing of switching the lowbeam and high beam maychange under the following situa-tions.— The brightness of the head-

lights of the oncoming vehicleor leading vehicle.

— The movement and directionof the oncoming vehicle andthe leading vehicle.

— When only one light on theoncoming vehicle or the lead-ing vehicle is illuminated.

— When the oncoming vehicle orthe leading vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.

— Road conditions (incline,curve, the road surface, etc.).

— The number of passengersand the amount of cargo.

JVI1621X

High beam assist operations:To activate the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition and push the lever forward(high beam position). The high beamassist indicator light in the meter willilluminate while the headlights are turnedon.If the high beam assist indicator lightdoes not illuminate in the above condi-tion, it may indicate that the system is notfunctioning properly. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the

headlight remains the low beam.To turn off the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to theposition or select the low beam positionby placing the lever in the neutral posi-tion.



JVS1079X

Ambient image sensor maintenance:The ambient image sensor for the highbeam assist system is located in front ofthe inside mirror. To keep the properoperation of the high beam assist systemand prevent a system malfunction, besure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the ambient imagesensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the ambient image sensor. Donot touch the sensor lens that islocated on the ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damageddue to an accident, it is recommendedyou contact a NISSAN dealer.

Battery saver system. When the headlight switch is in the

or position while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the lightswill automatically turn off within aperiod of time after the ignition switchhas been placed in the OFF position.

. When the headlight switch remains inthe or position after the lightsautomatically turn off, the lights willturn on when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights willnot turn off automatically. Besure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leavethe vehicle for extended periodsof time, otherwise the battery willbe discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not runningfor extended periods of time even

if the headlights turn off auto-matically.

Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys-temThe LED portion of the headlights auto-matically illuminate at 100% intensitywhen the engine is started and theparking brake released. The LED DaytimeRunning Light (DRL) operate with theheadlight switch in the OFF position orin the position. When you turn theheadlight switch to the position forfull illumination, the LED lights switchfrom LED DRL to the park function.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL do notilluminate. The LED DRL illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The LEDDRL will remain on until the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.It is necessary at dusk to turn the head-light switch ON for interior controls andswitches to illuminate, as those remainOFF while the switch is in the OFFposition.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active,tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do socould cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

JVI1591X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

Lane change signalMove the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change is com-pleted.Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turn

signal will automatically flash three times.Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.



JVI0980X

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the head-light switch to the position, then turnthe fog light switch to the position.To turn the fog lights on with the head-light switch in the AUTO position, theheadlights must be on, then turn the foglight switch to the position.To turn them off, turn the fog light switchto the OFF position.The headlights must be on for the foglights to operate. The fog lights automa-tically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected.

JVI1569X

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doingso could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. Tampering with the supple-mental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.

JVI1592X

The heated steering wheel system isdesigned to operate only when the sur-face temperature of the steering wheel isbelow 68°F (20°C).Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light on the switchwill illuminate.If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off andon to maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain onas long as the system is on.Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. The

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)

indicator light will turn off.NOTE:If the surface temperature of the steer-ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when theswitch is turned on, the system will notheat the steering wheel. This is not amalfunction.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occu-pants cannot monitor elevated seattemperatures or have an inability tofeel pain in body parts that contactthe seat. Use of the seat heater bysuch people could result in seriousinjury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heatedseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found orthe heated seat does not operate,turn the switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.


HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


JVR0322X

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center con-sole can be operated independently ofeach other.1. Start the engine.2. Select heat range.

For high-speed heating, push the HI(High) side of the switch.

For low-speed heating, push the LO(Low) side of the switch.The indicator light on the switch willilluminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return theswitch to the level position. Make surethe indicator light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light willremain on as long as the switch is on.When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn off the switch.

JVI1593X

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused to temporarily turn on and off theIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system.The I-LI system must be turned on withthe dynamic driver assistance switchevery time the ignition is placed in theON position.When the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is turned off, the indicator onthe switch is off. The indicator will also beoff if the I-LI system is deactivated usingthe vehicle information display.The I-LI system warns the driver with anindicator and a chime, and helps assistthe driver to return the vehicle to thecenter of the traveling lane by applying

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCESWITCH (models withoutProPILOT assist) (if so equipped)

the brakes to the left or right wheelsindividually (for a short period of time). Foradditional information, see “IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).

WAC0074X

The steering assist switch is used totemporarily turn on and off the steeringassist system.The steering assist system controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclenear the center of the lane when driving.For additional information, see “ProPILOTassist” (P.5-86).

SIC4544

The vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system onfor most driving conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator isdepressed to the floor. If maximum en-gine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off.To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”


STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (modelswith ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH


(P.5-147).)

JVI1595X

The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is locatedon the instrument panel. The AWD LOCKindicator light will illuminate when theswitch is turned on. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139).Each time you push the switch, the AWDmode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

The Rear Door Alert system functionsunder certain conditions to indicate theremay be an object or passenger in the rearseat(s). Check the seat(s) before exitingthe vehicle.The Rear Door Alert system is initiallydisabled. The driver can enable the sys-tem using the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “VehicleSettings” (P.2-23).When the system is enabled:. The system is activated when a rear

door is opened and closed approxi-mately 10 minutes before the vehicleis started. When the vehicle is startedand the system is activated, a visualmessage appears in the vehicle infor-mation display. For additional infor-mation, see “43. Rear Door Alert isactivated” (P.2-36).

. If a rear door is opened and closed butthe vehicle is not started within ap-proximately 10 minutes, the systemwill not be activated. A rear door mustbe opened and closed and the vehicleis started within 10 minutes for thesystem to activate.

When the Rear Door Alert system isactivated and a driver exits the vehicleafter arriving at a destination:

INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH (ifso equipped) REAR DOOR ALERT

. When the driver puts the vehicle in theP (Park) position, a message appearsin the vehicle information display forthe driver to “Dismiss Message” or“Disable Alert” if desired.

. With the system enabled, when thedriver exits the vehicle, an audible alert(horn sound) will occur unless a reardoor is opened and closed within ashort time to deactivate the alert.

. If the doors are locked before the alertis deactivated by opening a rear door,the horn will sound.

. If the system is activated but theliftgate is opened before opening arear door, the horn will be delayeduntil after the liftgate is closed.

. If the audible horn alert occurs, amessage will also appear in the vehi-cle information display that states,“Check Back Seat for all articles”. Foradditional information, see “44. CheckBack Seat For all articles” (P.2-36).

WARNING

. If the driver selects “DisableAlert”, no audible alert will beprovided regardless of rear dooropen/close status.

. There may be times when there isan object or passenger in the rearseat(s) but the audible alert doesnot sound. For example, this mayoccur if the engine is turned offand then on again in a shortperiod of time during a trip, or ifrear seat passengers enter or exitthe vehicle during a trip.

. The system does not directlydetect objects or passengers inthe rear seat(s). Instead, it candetect when a rear door isopened and closed, indicatingthat there may be something inthe rear seat(s).

NOTE:There may be times when the hornsounds but there are no objects orpassengers in the rear seat(s).For additional information, see “43. RearDoor Alert is activated” (P.2-36).

JVS0185X

The ECO mode system helps to enhancethe fuel economy by controlling theengine and CVT operation (for CVT mod-els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera-tion.To turn on the ECO mode system, pushthe ECO switch. The ECO mode indicatorappears on the meter.To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECOswitch again. The ECO mode indicator willturn off.. The ECO mode system cannot be

turned off while the accelerator pedalis depressed even if the ECO switch ispushed to OFF. Release the accelera-tor pedal to turn off the ECO mode


ECO MODE SWITCH


system.. The ECO mode system will turn off

automatically if a malfunction occursin the system.

. Turn off the ECO mode system whenacceleration is required such as when:— driving with a heavy load of pas-

sengers or cargo in the vehicle— driving on a steep uphill slope

WAC0077XInstrument Panel

WAC0078XCenter Console Box

The power outlet is located in the instru-ment panel and center console box.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)power draw. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet whenthe air conditioner, headlights orrear window defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighterunit.

. Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or theinternal temperature fuse mayopen.

. Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure the electricalaccessory being used is turnedOFF.

POWER OUTLET

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water or anyliquid to contact the outlet.

WAC0094X

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR-GING CONNECTORThe USB charging connector is located inthe center console box.The USB charging connector can be usedonly for charging an external device.Connect a USB device into the connector.Charging will start automatically (max-imum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A).The external device will be charged con-tinuously while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position.Some mobile devices cannot be chargeddepending on their specifications.

CAUTION

. Do not force a USB device into theconnector. Inserting the USB de-vice tilted or up-side-down intothe connector may damage theconnector. Make sure that theUSB device is connected correctlyinto the connector.

. Do not use a reversible USB cable.Using the reversible USB cablemay damage the connector.



CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is beingused to prevent spilling the drink.If the liquid is hot, it can scald youor your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

JVI1601XCenter console

Front

JVI0873X

Rear seat (if so equipped)The rear cup holders are located in therear fold-down armrest.SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for anyother objects that could bethrown about in the vehicle andpossibly injure people duringsudden braking or an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.

STORAGE

JVI0884XDoor (front and rear)

CARGO AREAYou can use the cargo area in diverseways using the flexible luggage boards.

WARNING

Do not put objects heavier than 110lbs (50 kg) on the load floor.

CAUTION

. Do not push the front edge of theluggage board forcibly. Doing so

may cause the luggage board tobe tilted, resulting in personalinjury.

. Do not handle the luggage boardforcibly as this may deform it.

. While in the upper position, donot recline the seatbacks.

. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

NOTE:The diversity of the cargo area may berestricted depending on the equipmentof each vehicle.

JVI1620X

1. Pull the outer board upward to 90°.2. Push down the board until it stops.



JVI0888X

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driv-ing to help prevent injury in anaccident or a sudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle.To close, push the lid in until the locklatches. The glove box light illuminateswhen the headlight switch is turned on.

JVI1685X

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box lid, push up theknob and pull up the lid.To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

JVI0619X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to avoid obstructingthe driver’s view and to help preventan accident.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything otherthan sunglasses.

. Do not leave sunglasses in thesunglasses holder while parkingin direct sunlight. The heat maydamage the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push andrelease. Only store one pair of sunglassesin the holder.

SIC4348

CARD HOLDER (driver’s side)Slide a card in the card holder.

JVI1686XCargo area

LUGGAGE HOOKSTo use the hook, pull it up as illustrated.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargois properly secured. Use the sui-table ropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can becomedangerous in an accident or sud-den stop.

. Do not apply a total load of morethan 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.



JVI1336XCargo area (hooks for shopping bags, etc.)

WARNING

Do not apply a total load of morethan 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook.

JVI1334X

PARCEL SHELF

WARNING

. Never put anything on the parcelshelf, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin case of an accident or if thebrakes are applied suddenly.

. Do not leave the parcel shelf inposition when it is disengagedfrom the grooves.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury

. The child restraint top tetherstrap may be damaged by con-tact with the parcel shelf or itemsin the cargo area. Remove theparcel shelf from the vehicle orstore it in its storage space. Also,secure any lose items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if thetop tether strap is damaged.

Removal1. Open the liftgate. (See “Liftgate” (P.3-

26).)2. Detach both of the ropes (left and

right) from the inside of the liftgate.3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply

pulling it rearwards through the lift-gate opening.

JVI1335X

CAUTION

Make sure the parcel shelf is care-fully stored when not in use in orderto prevent any damage.

Installation1. Open the liftgate.2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it

forwards as far as possible throughthe liftgate opening.

3. Attach the corresponding ropes toeach side of the liftgate.

4. Close the liftgate.

JVI0889X

Do not apply any load directly to the roofside rails. Cross bars must be installedbefore applying load/cargo/luggage tothe roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSANaccessory cross bars are availablethrough a NISSAN dealer. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer foradditional information.The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 150 lb (68 kg), however do notexceed the accessory cross bars loadcapacity.Be careful that your vehicle does notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and


ROOF RACK (if so equipped)


GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (located on thedriver’s door pillar). For additional infor-mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, referto “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-11).

WARNING

. Always install the cross bars ontothe roof side rails before loadingcargo of any kind. Loading cargodirectly onto the roof side rails orthe vehicle’s roof may cause ve-hicle damage.

. Drive extra carefully when thevehicle is loaded at or near thecargo carrying capacity, espe-cially if the significant portion ofthat load is carried on the crossbars.

. Heavy loading of the cross barshas the potential to affect thevehicle stability and handlingduring sudden or unusual hand-ling maneuvers.

. Roof rack cross bars should beevenly distributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roofrack cross bars load.

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal in-jury.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc. inside thevehicle while it is in motion andbefore closing the windows. Usethe window lock switch to pre-vent unexpected use of thepower windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapmentin windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require theassistance of others or pets un-attended in your vehicle. Addi-tionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position, or forabout 45 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position. Ifthe driver’s or front passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45

WINDOWS

seconds, power to the windows is can-celed.

SIC4533

1. Window lock button2. Driver side window3. Rear left passenger side window4. Front passenger side window5. Rear right passenger side window

Main power window switch (driver’sside)To open or close the window, push down

or pull up the switch and hold it. Themain switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.



SIC4523

Passenger side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it.

SIC4524

Automatic operationThe automatic operation is available forthe switch that has an mark on itssurface.To fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; the switch need not beheld. The window will automatically openor close all the way. To stop the window,just push or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.A light push or pull on the switch willcause the window to open or close untilthe switch is released.

Auto-reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the window is closed byautomatic operation when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for 45seconds after the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.1. Start the engine.2. Close the door.3. After starting the engine, open the

window completely by operating thepower window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch andhold it to close the window, and thenhold the switch more than 3 secondsafter the window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after perform-ing the procedure above, it is recom-mended you have your vehicle checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

. In an accident you could bethrown from the vehicle throughan open moonroof. Always useseat belts and child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand upor extend any portion of theirbody out of the moonroof open-ing while the vehicle is in motionor while the moonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surroundingarea.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the passenger’s door is opened

during this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof is canceled.


MOONROOF (if so equipped)


JVI0655X

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automaticallywhen the moonroof is opened. However,it must be closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the tilt up positionand release it; it need not be held. To tiltdown the moonroof, push the switch tothe tilt down position .

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the open or closeposition and release it; it need not be held.The roof will automatically open or closeall the way. To stop the roof, push theswitch once more while it is opening orclosing.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe moonroof.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof when it is closing,the moonroof will be immediatelyopened.The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the moonroof is closed byautomatic operation when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-

matically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the moonroof switch to the closeposition .Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the moonroof occurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate prop-erly, perform the following procedure toinitialize the moonroof operation system.1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully

by repeatedly pushing the moonroofswitch to the close position to tiltthe moonroof up.

2. Push and hold the switch to the closeposition .

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up anddown.

4. Push and hold the switch to the openposition to fully tilt the moonroofdown.

5. Check if the moonroof switch oper-ates normally.

If the moonroof does not operate prop-erly after performing the procedureabove, have your moonroof checked and

repaired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION

. Do not leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not runningfor extended periods of time toprevent the battery from beingdischarged.

. Turn off the lights when you leavethe vehicle.

JVI0626X

INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCHThe interior light can be turned ONregardless of door position. The light willgo off after a period of time unless theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion when any door is opened.The interior lights can be set to operatewhen the doors are opened. To turn offthe interior lights when a door open, pushthe switch, the interior lights will notilluminate, regardless of door position.The lights will go off when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, or thedriver’s door is closed and locked. Thelights will also go off after a period of timewhen the doors are open.


INTERIOR LIGHTS


JVI0627X

CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)The console light will turn on wheneverthe parking lights or headlights are illu-minated.

JVI0628X

MAP LIGHTSPush the button to turn the map lightson. To turn them off, push the buttonagain.

SIC2063A

ROOM LIGHTThe room light has a three-positionswitch.When the switch is in the ON position ,the room light illuminates.When the switch is in the DOOR position, the room light illuminates when a door

is opened.The interior light timer will keep the roomlight on for approximately 15 secondswhen:. The key is removed from the ignition

switch with the driver’s door closed.(model without Intelligent Key system)

. The ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. (model with IntelligentKey system)

The interior light timer will be cancelledwhen:. The driver’s door is locked.. The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.When the switch is in the OFF position ,the room light does not illuminate, re-gardless of any condition.

SIC3869

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if soequipped)The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.When the cover is closed, the light willturn off.The lights will also turn off after aperiod of time when the lights remainilluminated to prevent the battery frombecoming discharged.

CARGO LIGHTThe cargo lights illuminate when theliftgate is opened. When the liftgate isclosed, the lights will turn off.The light will also turn off after a periodof time when the light remains illumi-nated after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF position to preventthe battery from becoming discharged.



The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverprovides a convenient way to consolidatethe functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-indevice.HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:. Will operate most Radio Frequency

(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retainall programming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the origi-nal transmitter for future programmingprocedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. For additionalinformation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” (P.2-76).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with any gar-age door opener that lacks safety

stop and reverse features as re-quired by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models man-ufactured after April 1, 1982.) Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object in the path of aclosing garage door and thenautomatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these fea-tures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

. During the programming proce-dure your garage door or securitygate will open and close (if thetransmitter is within range). Makesure that people or objects areclear of the garage door, gate,etc. that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingthe HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver. Do not breathe exhaustgases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide.Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness ordeath.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®The following steps show generic instruc-tions how to program a HomeLink®button. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.NOTE:It is also recommended that a newbattery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quickerprogramming and accurate transmis-sion of the radio-frequency.1. Position the end of your hand-held

transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light inview.

HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful pro-gramming.)NOTE:Some devices to be programmedmay require you to replace Step 2with the cycling procedure noted inthe “Programming HomeLink® forCanadian customers and gate open-ers” (P.2-78).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling codedevice. A second person may makethe following steps easier. Use aladder or other device. Do not standon your vehicle to perform the nextsteps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage,locate the “learn” or “smart” button(the name and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer but it isusually located near where the hang-ing antenna wire is attached to theunit). If there is difficulty locating thebutton, reference the garage dooropener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to completethe programming process. HomeLink®should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at : www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.



PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatoror garage door opener by using the“Programming HomeLink®” procedures,replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step2 with the following:NOTE:When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possi-ble damage to the garage door openercomponents.Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and the hand-held transmitterbutton. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-

held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned.The HomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after severalseconds upon successful programming.DO NOT release until the HomeLink®indicator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.Remember to plug the device back inwhen programming is completed.OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver,after it is programmed, can be used toactivate the programmed device. To op-erate, simply press and release the appro-priate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The amber indicatorlight will illuminate while the signal isbeing transmitted.For convenience, the hand-held transmit-ter of the device may also be used at anytime.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-INGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:. replace the hand-held transmitter

batteries with new batteries.. position the hand-held transmitter

with its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink®and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be re-programmed, see “Reprogramming a sin-gle HomeLink® button” (P.2-79).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longerthan 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the follow-ing.1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.2. The indicator light will begin to flash

after 20 seconds. Without releasingthe HomeLink® button, proceed with

“Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton has now been reprogrammed.The new device can be activated bypushing the HomeLink® button that wasjust programmed. This procedure will notaffect any other programmed HomeLink®buttons.IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.



MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ......................................................................................................... 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key (ifso equipped) .............................................................................. 3-2Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ................................... 3-3

Doors ...................................................................................................... 3-5Locking with key .................................................................... 3-5Locking with inside lock knob ..................................... 3-6Locking with power door lock switch................... 3-7Automatic door locks ......................................................... 3-7Child safety rear door lock............................................. 3-7

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) ...... 3-8How to use remote keyless entry system ......... 3-9

Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) .................... 3-11Intelligent Key operating range .............................. 3-13Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 3-13Intelligent Key operation .............................................. 3-14Battery saver system ....................................................... 3-16Warning lights and audible reminders .............. 3-16Troubleshooting guide ................................................... 3-17How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-19

Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...................... 3-23Remote engine start operating range ............ 3-23Remote starting the engine .................................... 3-23Extending engine run time ....................................... 3-24Canceling a remote engine start ........................ 3-24Conditions the remote engine start willnot work .................................................................................. 3-24

Hood .................................................................................................... 3-25Liftgate .............................................................................................. 3-26

Liftgate release lever ..................................................... 3-27Fuel-filler door ............................................................................. 3-28

Opening the fuel-filler door...................................... 3-28Fuel-filler cap ....................................................................... 3-28

Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................................ 3-30Tilt or telescopic operation ...................................... 3-31

Sun visors ........................................................................................ 3-31Mirrors .............................................................................................. 3-32

Inside mirror ......................................................................... 3-32Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-33Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-34

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep itin a safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, it isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor duplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record any key numbersso it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, itcan be duplicated without knowing thekey number.

JVP0307X

1. Master key (2)2. Key number plate (1)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM KEY (if so equipped)Your vehicle can only be driven with themaster keys, which are registered to theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents. As many as 4 master keys canbe registered and used with one vehicle.The new keys must be registered by aNISSAN dealer prior to use with themaster of your vehicle. Since the registra-tion process requires erasing all memoryin the master components when register-ing new keys, be sure to take all masterkeys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

Do not allow the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System key, which con-tains an electrical transponder, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

KEYS

JVP0543X

Mechanical keyTo unfold the key from the fob, press therelease button.When storing the key, press the releasebutton and push key to fold the key backinto fob slot.

SPA2406Type A

JVP0177XType B

1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2

sets)3. Key number plate

INTELLIGENT KEY (if so equipped)Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 In-telligent Keys can be registered and usedwith one vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by a NISSAN dealer prior to usewith the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ofyour vehicle. Since the registration pro-cess requires erasing all memory in theIntelligent Key components when regis-tering new keys, be sure to take allIntelligent Keys that you have to theNISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the IntelligentKey with you when driving. TheIntelligent Key is a precision de-vice with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please notethe following.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wettingmay damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key getswet, immediately wipe until itis completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (-10°C) degrees, thebattery of the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

— Do not place the IntelligentKey for an extended period ina place where temperaturesexceed 140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet keyholder.

— Do not place the IntelligentKey near an electric appliancesuch as a television set, per-sonal computer or cellularphone.

— Do not allow the IntelligentKey to come into contact withwater or salt water, and donot wash it in a washing

machine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost orstolen, NISSAN recommendserasing the ID code of that Intel-ligent Key. This will prevent theIntelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the eras-ing procedure, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, releasethe lock knob at the back of the Intelli-gent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doors. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).)

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical keyinstalled in the Intelligent Key.

WARNING

. Always have the doors lockedwhile driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this provides great-er safety in the event of anaccident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown fromthe vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unin-tentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncomingtraffic.


SPA2457

LOCKING WITH KEYThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder

to the front of the vehicle will lock alldoors and the liftgate.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle willunlock the driver’s door. After return-ing the key to the neutral position,turning it to the rear again within 5seconds will unlock all doors and theliftgate.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once.


DOORS


(See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).)

SPA2726

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the lock positionthen close the door.To unlock, move the inside lock knob tothe unlock position .When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside thevehicle.

SPA2803Driver’s armrest

SPA2804Passenger’s armrest

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCHOperating the power door lock switch(located on the driver’s and front passen-ger’s doors) will lock or unlock all thedoors.To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position with thedriver’s and front passenger’s doors open,then close the door.When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the key inside the vehicle.To unlock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the unlock position .

Lockout protectionLockout protection function helps toprevent the keys from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.When the power door lock switch (driver’sor front passenger’s side) is moved to thelock position with the Intelligent Key leftin the vehicle (models with Intelligent Keysystem) or the key left in the ignitionswitch (models without Intelligent Keysystem) and any door open, all doors willunlock automatically and a chime willsound after the door is closed.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition or when the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position, ifselected (CVT model).

SPA2801

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety rear door locks help preventthe rear doors from being opened acci-dentally, especially when small childrenare in the vehicle.When the levers are in the lock position, the rear doors can be opened only

from the outside.To disengage, move the levers to theunlock position .



It is possible to lock/unlock all doors(including the liftgate), and activate thepanic alarm by using the key fob fromoutside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The key fob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 key fobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN dealer.The key fob will not function:. When the key fob is not within the

operational range.. When the doors are open or not

closed securely.. When the key is in the ignition switch.. When the battery is discharged.

WARNING

The remote keyless entry key fobtransmits radio waves when thebuttons are pushed. The FAA advisesthat the radio waves may affectaircraft navigation and communica-tion systems. Do not operate the key

fob while on an airplane. Make surethe buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the key fob.. Do not allow the key fob to

become wet.. Do not drop the key fob.. Do not strike the key fob sharply

against another object.. If the outside temperature is be-

low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat-tery of key fob may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the key fob for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F(60°C).

If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code ofthat key fob. This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlockthe vehicle. For information regard-ing the erasing procedure, it is re-commended that you visit a NISSAN

dealer.

For information regarding the replace-ment of a battery, see “Key fob batteryreplacement” (P.8-21).

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)

JVP0308X

Jackknife type key release buttonLOCK buttonUNLOCK buttonPANIC buttonBattery indicator light

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEMWelcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the daytime running lights, park-ing lights and the tail lights will illuminatefor a period of time. The welcome lightand farewell light function can be dis-abled. For information about disabling

the welcome light and farewell lightfunction, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

Locking doors1. Remove the key from the ignition

switch.2. Close all the doors.3. Push the LOCK button on the

key fob.4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when theLOCK button is pushed eventhough a door remains open.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twiceand the horn chirps once.

. When the LOCK button is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

. Operate the door handles to confirmthat the doors have been securelylocked.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button on

the key fob.. The driver’s door unlocks.. The hazard indicator flashes once if

all doors are completely closed.

2. Push the UNLOCK button againwithin 5 seconds.. All the doors and the liftgate unlock.. The hazard indicator flashes once if

all doors are completely closed.All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute of pushing theUNLOCK button.. Any door or liftgate is opened.. The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.NOTE:The unlocking operation can be chan-ged in selective unlock in the VehicleSettings of the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarmto call attention as follows:1. Push the PANIC button on the

key fob for more than 0.5 seconds.2. The theft warning alarm and head-

lights will stay on for 25 seconds.3. The panic alarm stops when:

. It has run for 25 seconds, or



. Any of the buttons on the key fob ispushed. (Note: the PANIC buttonmust be pushed for more than 1second.)

Battery indicator lightThe battery indicator light illuminateswhen you push any button. If the lightdoes not illuminate, the battery is weak orneeds replacement. For information re-garding replacement of a battery, see“Key fob battery replacement” (P.8-21).

Setting hazard indicator and hornmodeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes once.If the horn chirp is not necessary, you canswitch to hazard indicator only mode byfollowing the switching procedure.In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK

button is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

Mode (Pushing the orbutton) DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Hazard indicator and horn mode HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:To switch the hazard indicator and hornoperation, push the LOCK andUNLOCK buttons on the key fobsimultaneously for more than 2 seconds.. When the hazard indicator mode is

set, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

The horn operation can also be turned onor off in the vehicle information display.See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely af-fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric med-ical equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmitsradio waves when the buttonsare pushed. The FAA advises thatthe radio waves may affect air-craft navigation and communica-tion systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons arenot operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote control-ler function or pushing the request switchon the vehicle without taking the key outfrom a pocket or purse. The operatingenvironment and/or conditions may af-fect the Intelligent Key system operation.Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the IntelligentKey with you when operating thevehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communi-cating with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the opera-tion of the Intelligent Key system underthe following operating conditions.. When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular phone, trans-ceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a perso-nal computer.


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)


. When the vehicle is parked near aparking meter.

In such cases, correct the operatingconditions before using the IntelligentKey function or use the mechanical key.Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions,the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.If the battery is discharged, replace it witha new one.Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is leftnear equipment which transmits strongradio waves, such as signals from a TVand personal computer, the battery lifemay become shorter.For information regarding replacement ofa battery, see “Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” (P.8-23).As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and useof additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you contact a NISSAN deal-er.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with

water or salt water. This couldaffect the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the Intelli-gent Key. If the Intelligent Keygets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

. If the outside temperature is be-low 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the bat-tery of the Intelligent Keymay notfunction properly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in an areawhere temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keynear equipment that produces amagnetic field, such as a TV,audio equipment, personal com-puters or cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code

of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.This may prevent the unauthorized use ofthe Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, it is recommended that youcontact a NISSAN dealer.The Intelligent Key function can be dis-abled. For information about disablingthe Intelligent Key function, it is recom-mended that you contact a NISSAN deal-er.

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from therequest switch .When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are pre-sent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch .If the Intelligent Key is too close to the

door glass, handle or rear bumper, therequest switches may not function.When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlockthe doors including the liftgate.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The closedistance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handlerequest switch, verify the doors aresecurely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sureyou carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.



. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open thedoor.

SPA2408

JVP0099X

JVP0538X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orbag.When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) or liftgaterequest switch within the range ofoperation.When you lock or unlock the doors, thehazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as aconfirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21).

Welcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the daytime running lights, park-ing lights and the tail lights will illuminatefor a period of time. The welcome lightand farewell light function can be dis-abled. For information about disablingthe welcome light and farewell lightfunction, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

Locking doors1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position (Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models), or the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position (Man-ual Transmission (MT) models), placethe ignition switch in the OFF positionand make sure you carry the Intelli-gent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.3. Push any door handle request switch

while carrying the Intelligent Key withyou.

4. All doors and the liftgate will lock.5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice

and the outside buzzer sounds twice.NOTE:. Request switches for all doors and

the liftgate can be deactivated whenthe I-Key Door Lock setting is turned

off in the Vehicle Settings of thevehicle information display. For ad-ditional information, see “VehicleSettings” (P.2-23).

. Doors lock with the door handlerequest switch while the ignitionswitch is not in the LOCK position.

. Doors do not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch whileany door is open. However, doorslock with the mechanical key even ifany door is open.

. Doors do not lock with the doorhandle request switch with the In-telligent Key inside the vehicle and abeep sounds to warn you. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked withanother Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure thatthe doors have been securelylocked by operating the doorhandles or the liftgate openerswitch.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure tohave the Intelligent Key in your

possession before operating therequest switch to prevent theIntelligent Key from being left inthe vehicle.

. The request switch is operationalonly when the Intelligent Key hasbeen detected by the IntelligentKey system.

Unlocking doors1. Push the door handle request switch

or the liftgate request switchwhile carrying the Intelligent Key withyou.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The cor-responding door or the liftgate willunlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 1minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors and the liftgate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe request switch while the doors arelocked.. Opening any door.



. Pushing the ignition switch.During this 1-minute time period, if theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyis pushed, all doors will be locked auto-matically after another 1 minute.NOTE:The unlocking operation can be chan-ged in selective unlock in the VehicleSettings of the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, see“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).Opening liftgate1. Carry the Intelligent Key.2. Push the liftgate opener switch .3. The liftgate will unlock.BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.. The ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion. (See “Push-button ignition switchpositions” (P.5-16).)

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park)position (CVT model) or N (Neutral)position (MT model).

WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE-MINDERSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the followingchart or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds insideand outside the vehicle and the warningdisplay appears on the vehicle informa-tion display.When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning display appears, be sure to checkthe vehicle and Intelligent Key.See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle,the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When stopping the engine(CVT model)

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When opening the driver’sdoor to get out of the vehicle

The Door/liftgate open warning appearson the display.

The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chime soundsthree times and the inside warningchime sounds for approximately threeseconds.

The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The red Shift to Park warning appearson the display and the inside side chimesounds continuously. (CVT model)

The ignition switch is in the ONposition and the shift lever is not inthe P (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position and place the ignition switchin the OFF position.

The Rear Door Alert is activated mes-sage appears on the display, the hornsounds three times twice, or a CheckBack Seat for all articles warning ap-pears on the display.

The Rear Door Alert is activated.

Check the back seat for all articles,clear the Rear Door Alert warningmessage by using the steeringswitches.

When closing the door withthe inside lock knob turnedto LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds and all the doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door han-dle request switch or theLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.




When pushing the ignitionswitch to start the engine

The Key battery low warning appears onthe display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.(See “Intelligent Key battery replace-ment” (P.8-23).)

The Key ID Incorrect warning appears onthe display.

The Intelligent Key is not in thevehicle.


When pushing the ignitionswitch

The Key System Error warning appearson the display.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you contact aNISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY FUNCTION

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely af-fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric med-ical equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmitsradio waves when the buttonsare pushed. The FAA advises thatthe radio waves may affect air-craft navigation and communica-tion systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons arenot operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could

affect the system function.. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.. Do not change or modify the

Intelligent Key.. Wetting may damage the Intelli-

gent Key. If the Intelligent Keygets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

. If the outside temperature is be-low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat-tery of the Intelligent Keymay notfunction properly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in an areawhere temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keynear equipment that produces amagnetic field, such as a TV,audio equipment, personal com-puters or cellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function canoperate all door locks using the remotekeyless entry function of the Intelligent

Key. The remote keyless entry functioncan operate at a distance of approxi-mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (Theoperating distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)The remote keyless entry function will notoperate:. When the Intelligent Key is not within

the operational range.. When the doors are open or not

closed securely.. When the Intelligent Key battery is

discharged.The remote keyless entry function canalso operate the vehicle alarm.



JVP0541XType A

JVP0542XType B

LOCK buttonUNLOCK buttonPANIC buttonRemote engine start button

When you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21).

Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.*3. Close all the doors.4. Push the LOCK button on the

Intelligent Key.5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock.6. The hazard indicator flashes twice

and the horn chirps once.*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key

while the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Operate the door handles to confirm thatthe doors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button on

the Intelligent Key once.2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The

driver’s door will unlock.3. Push the UNLOCK button again

within 5 seconds.4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All

the doors and the liftgate will unlock.All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button while the doorsare locked.. Opening any door (including the lift-

gate).. Pushing the ignition switch.During this 1-minute time period, if theUNLOCK button is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another1 minute.NOTE:The unlocking operation can be chan-ged in selective unlock in the VehicleSettings of the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, see“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarmto call attention as follows:1. Push the PANIC button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 0.5seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key is pushed. (Note: the PANICbutton must be pushed for morethan 0.5 seconds.)

Remote engine start (if soequipped)The remote engine start button ison the Intelligent Key if the vehicle hasremote engine start function. This func-tion allows the engine to start fromoutside the vehicle. See “Remote enginestart” (P.3-23).

Setting hazard indicator and hornmodeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes once.If horns are not necessary, the systemcan be switched to the hazard indicatormode.In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK

button is pushed, the hazard indica-tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.



Hazard indicator and horn mode:

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor liftgate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pushing or button HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor liftgate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - none

Pushing or button HAZARD - twiceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Switching procedure:To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCKand UNLOCK buttons on the Intel-ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2seconds.. When the hazard indicator mode is

set, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

The horn operation can also be turned onor off in the vehicle information display.See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

WARNING

To avoid risk of injury or death, donot use the remote engine startfunction when the vehicle is in anenclosed area such as a garage.

JVP0446X

The remote engine start button is onthe Intelligent Key if the vehicle hasremote engine start function. This func-tion allows the engine to start fromoutside the vehicle.Some systems, such as the air conditionersystem, will turn on during a remoteengine start, if the system was on thelast time the ignition switch was turnedoff.Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote engine starters.For example, some laws require a personusing remote engine start to have thevehicle in view. Check local regulations forany requirements.

Other conditions may affect the remoteengine start function. See “Conditions theremote engine start will not work” (P.3-24).Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) foradditional information.REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATINGRANGEThe remote engine start function canonly be used when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range fromthe vehicle.When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intelli-gent Key may not function properly.The remote engine start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINETo use the remote start function to startthe engine, perform the following:1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.2. Push the LOCK button to lock all

doors.


REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)


3. Within 5 seconds push and hold theremote engine start button untilthe turn signal lights flash and the taillights illuminate. If the vehicle is notwithin view, push and hold the remoteengine start button for at least 2seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:. The front parking lights will turn on

and remain on as long as the engine isrunning.

. The doors will be locked and the airconditioner system may turn on.

. The engine will continue to run forabout 10 minutes. Repeat the steps toextend the time for an additional 10minutes. See “Extending engine runtime” (P.3-24).

Depress and hold the brake pedal, thenplace the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion before driving. For further instruc-tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-20).EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote engine start function can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the en-gine” (P.3-23). Run time will be calculatedas follows:. The first 10 minute run time will start

when the remote engine start func-

tion is performed.. The second 10 minutes will start im-

mediately when the remote enginestart function is performed. For exam-ple, if the engine has been running for5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added,the engine will run for a total of 15minutes.

. Extending engine run time will counttowards the two remote engine startlimit.

A maximum of two remote engine starts,or a single start with an extension, areallowed between ignition cycles.The ignition switch must be cycled to theON position and then back to the OFFposition before the remote engine startprocedure can be used again.CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a remote engine start, performone of the following:. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle

and push and hold the remote enginestart button until the front park-ing lights turn off.

. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.

. Cycle the ignition switch ON and thenOFF.

. The extended engine run time hasexpired.

. The first 10 minute timer has expired.

. The engine hood has been opened.

. The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed withoutan Intelligent Key in the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed with anIntelligent Key in the vehicle but thebrake pedal is not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe remote engine start will not operateif any of the following conditions arepresent:. The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.. The hood is not securely closed.. The hazard indicator flashers are on.. The engine is still running. The engine

must be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goesfrom running to off. This is not applic-able when extending engine run time.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held for at least 2seconds.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held within 5 secondsof pushing the LOCK button.

. The brake pedal is depressed.

. The doors are not closed and locked.

. The liftgate is open.

. The Key System Error warning mes-sage remains on in the vehicle infor-mation display.

. An Intelligent Key is left inside thevehicle.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. Two remote engine starts, or a singleremote engine start with an exten-sion, have already been used.

. The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

. The remote engine start function hasbeen switched to the OFF position inVehicle Settings of the vehicle infor-mation display. For additional infor-mation, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

The remote engine start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display. For an explanation of thewarning or indicator, see “Vehicle infor-mation display warnings and indicators”(P.2-31).

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. Never open the hood if steam orsmoke is coming from the enginecompartment to avoid injury.


HOOD


JVP0539X

1. Pull the hood lock release handlelocated below the instrument paneluntil the hood springs up.

2. Locate the lever in between thehood and grille, and push the lever upwith your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood.4. Remove the support rod and insert it

into the slot .Hold the coated part when removingor resetting the support rod. Avoiddirect contact with the metal parts, asthey may be hot immediately after theengine has been stopped.

When closing the hood:1. While supporting the hood, return the

support rod to its original position.2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12

in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock,then let it drop.

3. Make sure it is securely latched.

WARNING

. Always be sure the liftgate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the liftgateopen. This could allow dangerousexhaust gases to be drawn intothe vehicle. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Exhaust gas(carbon monoxide)” (P.5-4).


. Always be sure that hands andfeet are clear of the door frame toavoid injury while closing theliftgate.

LIFTGATE

CAUTION

Do not use accessory carriers thatattach to the liftgate. Doing so willcause damage to the vehicle.

JVP0396X

To open the liftgate, unlock it and pushthe opener switch . Pull up the liftgate toopen.The liftgate can be unlocked by:. pushing the UNLOCK button on

the key.. pushing the liftgate request switch (if

so equipped).. pushing the door handle request

switch (if so equipped).. pushing the power door lock switch to

the unlock position.To close the liftgate, pull down until itsecurely locks.

JVP0410X

LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVERIf the liftgate cannot be opened with thepower door lock switch due to a dis-charged battery, follow these steps.1. Fold the rear seats down. See “Seats”

(P.1-2).2. Remove the cover plate from the lock

using a suitable tool.3. Move the release lever to the right

using a suitable tool as illustrated. Theliftgate will be unlatched.

4. Push the liftgate up to open.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer as soon as possible for repair.



WARNING

. Fuel is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burnedor seriously injured if it is misusedor mishandled. Always stop theengine and do not smoke or allowopen flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

. Fuel may be under pressure. Turnthe cap a half of a turn, and waitfor any “hissing” sound to stop toprevent fuel from spraying outand possibly causing personalinjury. Then remove the cap.

. Use only an original equipmenttype fuel-filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury.

JVP0540X

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORTo open the fuel-filler door, pull therelease handle located below the instru-ment panel. To lock, close the fuel-fillerdoor securely.

SPA2800

FUEL-FILLER CAPTo remove the fuel-filler cap:1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-

wise to remove.2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap

holder while refueling.To install the fuel-filler cap:1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into

the fuel-filler tube.2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise

until a single click is heard.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under cer-tain conditions. You could beburned or seriously injured if it ismisused or mishandled. Alwaysstop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks nearthe vehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Contin-ued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel sprayand possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipmenttype fuel-filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury. It couldalso cause the malfunction indi-cator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start yourvehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel contain-er in the vehicle or trailer. Staticelectricity can cause an explosionof flammable liquid, vapor or gasin any vehicle or trailer. To reducethe risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel contain-ers:— Always place the container on

the ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices

when filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in con-

tact with the container whileyou are filling it.

— Use only approved portablefuel containers for flammableliquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehiclebody, flush it away with water toavoid paint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into thefuel-filler tube, then tighten untilthe fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure totighten the fuel-filler cap properlymay cause the malfunction

indicator light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” (P.2-17).

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warningmessage will be displayed if thefuel-filler cap is not properly tigh-tened. It may take a few drivingtrips for the message to be dis-played. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSEFUEL CAP warning message isdisplayed may cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL)to illuminate.



JVP0503X

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning messageThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning messageis displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay when the fuel-filler cap is nottightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. It may take a few drivingtrips for the message to be displayed. Toturn off the warning message, do thefollowing procedure:1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap

as soon as possible. For additionalinformation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-28).

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the OK button on the steeringwheel for about 1 second to turn offthe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes-sage after tightening the fuel cap.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

JVP0301X

TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATIONPull the lock lever down and adjust thesteering wheel up, down, forward orrearward to the desired position. Pushthe lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

SIC3739

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing it to the side .

3. Slide the sun visor in or out asneeded.

CAUTION

. Do not store the sun visor beforereturning the extension to itsoriginal position.

. Do not pull the extension sunvisor forcedly downward.


SUN VISORS


SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the angle of the inside mirror tothe desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare type (if soequipped)The night position will reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behindyou at night.Use the day position when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only whennecessary, because it reduces rearview clarity.

SPA2450-A

Automatic anti-glare type (if soequipped)The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accord-ing to the intensity of the headlights ofthe following vehicle.The anti-glare system will be automati-cally turned on when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.Push the “*” switch to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The

MIRRORS

indicator light will turn off. Push the “I”switch to turn the system on.Do not allow any object to cover thesensors or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv-ity of the sensor, resulting in improperoperation.For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver” (P.2-76).OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closerthan they appear. Be careful whenmoving to the right. Using only thismirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

JVP0395X

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch islocated on the driver’s armrest.The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.Move the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror , then adjustusing the control switch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch isoperated. (See “Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch” (P.2-47).)



SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audioand phone systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual .................................... 4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ................................. 4-2

RearView Monitor system operation ..................... 4-3How to read the displayed lines ................................ 4-4Difference between predictive andactual distances ...................................................................... 4-4How to park with predictive course lines .......... 4-6Adjusting the screen ........................................................... 4-7How to turn ON and OFF predictive courselines ................................................................................................. 4-8RearView Monitor system limitations.................... 4-8System maintenance .......................................................... 4-9

Intelligent Around View® Monitor (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 4-10

Intelligent Around View® Monitorsystem operation ................................................................ 4-11Difference between predictive andactual distances ................................................................... 4-14How to park with predictive course lines ....... 4-16How to switch the display ........................................... 4-17Adjusting the screen ........................................................ 4-18

Intelligent Around View® Monitorsystem limitations............................................................ 4-18System maintenance .................................................... 4-20

Moving Object Detection (MOD) (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 4-21

MOD system operation ................................................ 4-22Turning MOD on and off ............................................ 4-23MOD system limitations .............................................. 4-23System maintenance .................................................... 4-24

Ventilators ...................................................................................... 4-25Center ventilators ............................................................ 4-25Side ventilators .................................................................. 4-25Rear ventilators (if so equipped) .......................... 4-25

Heater and air conditioner ................................................ 4-26Manual air conditioner and heater .................... 4-27Automatic air conditioner and heater ............ 4-30Operating tips (for automaticair conditioner) ................................................................... 4-33Servicing air conditioner ............................................. 4-33

Antenna ............................................................................................ 4-33Car phone or CB radio ......................................................... 4-34

4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

For models with NissanConnect® Systemand Services featuring Apple CarPlayTMand Android AutoTM, refer to the Nissan-Connect® Owner’s Manual regarding thefollowing information.Available functions may vary dependingon the models and specifications.. Audio. Hands-Free Phone. Apple CarPlayTM

. Android AutoTM

. NissanConnect® Services powered bySiriusXM®

. Navigation

. Voice recognition

. Information and settings viewable onNissanConnect®

WAE0016X

1. CAMERA button

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warningsand instructions for proper useof the RearView Monitor couldresult in serious injury or death.

. RearView Monitor is a conveni-ence feature and is not a sub-stitute for proper backing. Alwaysturn and look out the windows,and check mirrors to be sure thatit is safe to move before operat-ing the vehicle. Always back upslowly.

. The system is designed as an aidto the driver in showing largestationary objects directly behindthe vehicle, to help avoid dama-ging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when thevehicle is on a level paved sur-face. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actualdistance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the frontof the camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehiclewhen the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position.The radio can still be heard while theRearView Monitor is active.

JVH1585X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera locatedjust above the vehicle’s license plate .REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-ERATIONWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position to operate the Rear-View Monitor.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3


SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects withreference to the bumper line aredisplayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the vehicle body.. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m). Green line (if so equipped): approxi-

mately 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines :Indicate the vehicle width when backing

up.Predictive course lines :Indicate the predictive course when back-ing up. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and ifthe steering wheel is turned. The predic-tive course lines will move depending onhow much the steering wheel is turnedand will not be displayed while the steer-ing wheel is in the straight ahead position.The vehicle width guide lines and thewidth of the predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances differentfrom those displayed in the monitorrelative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-tions). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is farther than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predictive course lines do nottouch the object in the display. However,the vehicle may hit the object if it projectsover the actual backing up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position is shown farther than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same dis-tance as the position . The vehicle mayhit the object when backing up to the



position if the object projects over theactual backing up course.HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced withdifferent sized tires, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

. On a snow-covered or slipperyroad, there may be a differencebetween the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly. If this occurs,please perform the following pro-cedures:— Turn the steering wheel from

lock to lock while the engine isrunning.

— Drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

. When the steering wheel isturned with the ignition switch inthe ON position, the predictivecourse lines may be displayed

incorrectly.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking spaceis safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis-played on the screen when the shiftlever is moved to the R (Reverse)position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dictive course lines enter the park-ing space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallelto the parking space while referringto the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in thespace completely, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

WAE0058X

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. Push the MENU button.2. Touch the “Settings” key and then

touch the “Camera” key.3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”,

“Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key.5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or

“–” key on the touch screen display.NOTE:Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while thevehicle is moving. Make sure the park-ing brake is firmly applied.



HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE-DICTIVE COURSE LINESTo turn the predictive course lines on andoff when the shift lever is in the P (Park)position, perform the following operation.1. Push the MENU button2. Touch the “Settings” key and then

touch the “Camera” key.3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines”

key to turn the feature ON or OFF.Pushing the CAMERA button while theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) positioncan also turn on and off the predictivecourse lines.REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-ITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for RearView Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The system cannot completely

eliminate blind spots and maynot show every object.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper can-not be viewed on the RearViewMonitor because of its monitoringrange limitation. The system willnot show small objects below thebumper, and may not show ob-jects close to the bumper or onthe ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual dis-tance because a wide-angle lensis used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually oppositecompared to when viewed in therearview and outside mirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a re-ference. The lines are highly af-fec ted by the number o foccupants, fuel level, vehicle po-sition, road conditions and roadgrade.

. Make sure that the liftgate issecurely closed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rear-view camera. The rearview cam-era is installed above the licenseplate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure notto spray it around the camera.Otherwise, water may enter thecamera unit causing water con-densation on the lens, a malfunc-tion, fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise,it may malfunction or cause da-mage resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

The following are operating limitationsand do not represent a system malfunc-tion:. When the temperature is extremely

high or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

. When strong light directly shines onthe camera, objects may not be dis-played clearly.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objectson the screen. This is due to strongreflected light from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat fromthe actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates onthe camera, the RearView Monitormay not display objects clearly. Cleanthe camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with a diluted mild clean-ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

JVH1585X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine orthinner to clean the camera. Thiswill cause discoloration.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera , RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with a

diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping it with a dry cloth.



WAE0016X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warningsand instructions for the properuse of the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor system could re-sult in serious injury or death.

. The Intelligent Around View®Monitor is a convenience featureand is not a substitute for propervehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot beviewed. The four corners of thevehicle in particular, are areaswhere objects do not always ap-pear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it issafe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always operate thevehicle slowly.

. The driver is always responsiblefor safety during parking andother maneuvers.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR (if so equipped)

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Intelligent Around View® Monitorsystem is designed as an aid to the driverin situations such as slot parking orparallel parking.The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. Not all views are available at alltimes.Available views:. Front view

The view to the front of the vehicle.. Rear view

The view to the rear of the vehicle.. Bird’s-eye view

The views to the vehicle from above.. Front-side view

The view around and ahead of thefront passenger’s side wheel.

WAE0059X

To display the multiple views, the Intelli-gent Around View® Monitor system usescameras located in the front grille, onthe vehicle’s outside mirrors and one justabove the vehicle’s license plate.INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, push the CAMERA button onthe instrument panel or move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) position tooperate the Intelligent Around View®Monitor.The screen displayed on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor will automaticallyreturn to the previous screen 3 minutes

after the CAMERA button has beenpushed with the shift lever in a positionother than the R (Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING

. The distance guide lines and thevehicle width guide lines shouldbe used as a reference only whenthe vehicle is on a paved, levelsurface. The apparent distanceviewed on the monitor may bedifferent than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and dis-played objects.

. Use the displayed lines and thebird’s-eye view as a reference.The lines and the bird’s-eye vieware greatly affected by the num-ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi-cle position, road condition androad grade.

. If the tires are replaced withdifferent sized tires, the predic-tive course lines and the bird’s-eye view may be displayed incor-rectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor are



farther than they appear. Whendriving the vehicle down a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arecloser than they appear.

. Objects in the rear view will ap-pear visually opposite comparedto when viewed in the rearviewand outside mirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.


. The vehicle width and predictivecourse lines are wider than theactual width and course.

. The displayed lines on the rearview will appear slightly off to theright because the rear view cam-era is not installed in the rearcenter of the vehicle.

SAA1840Front view

SAA1896Rear view

Front and rear view:Guiding lines that indicate the approx-imate vehicle width and distances toobjects with reference to the vehicle bodyline , are displayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the vehicle body.. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m). Green line (if so equipped): approxi-

mately 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines :Indicate the vehicle width.Predictive course lines :Indicate the predictive course when op-erating the vehicle. When the monitordisplays the rear view, the predictivecourse lines will be displayed on themonitor if the steering wheel is turned.The predictive course lines will movedepending on how much the steeringwheel is turned and will not be displayedwhile the steering wheel is in the straightahead position.The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10km/h).

NOTE:. When the monitor displays the front

view and the steering wheel turnsabout 90 degrees or less from thestraight ahead position, both theright and left predictive course lines

are displayed. When the steeringwheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, the predictive course line isdisplayed only on the opposite sideof the turn.

JVH1037X

Bird’s-eye view:The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle which helps confirmthe vehicle position and the predictivecourse to a parking space.The vehicle icon shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the distance be-tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eyeview differs from the actual distance.The areas that the cameras cannot cover

are indicated in black.After the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the non-viewable area ishighlighted in yellow for a few secondsafter the bird’s-eye view is displayed.

In addition, the non-viewable cornersare displayed in red to remind the driverto be cautious. When the rear sonar isactive, non-viewable corners for therear side of the vehicle are not displayed.(See “Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152).)

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear farther than the actualdistance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb orvehicle, may be misaligned or notdisplayed at the seam of theviews.

. Objects that are above the cam-era cannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye viewmay be misaligned when thecamera position alters.

. A line on the ground may bemisaligned and is not seen asbeing straight at the seam of theviews. The misalignment will in-crease as the line proceeds awayfrom the vehicle.



SAA3571

Front-side view:Guiding lines:Guiding lines that indicate the approx-imate width and the front end of thevehicle are displayed on the monitor.The front-of-vehicle line shows thefront part of the vehicle.The side-of-vehicle line shows thevehicle width including the outside mir-rors.The extensions of both the front andside lines are shown with a greendotted line.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances differentfrom those displayed in the monitorrelative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-tions). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is farther than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predictive course lines do nottouch the object in the display. However,the vehicle may hit the object if it projectsover the actual backing up course.

SAA3475

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position is shown farther than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same dis-tance as the position . The vehicle mayhit the object when backing up to the



position if the object projects over theactual moving course.HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced withdifferent sized tires, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.


. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly. If this occurs,please perform the following pro-cedures:— Turn the steering wheel from

lock to lock while the engine isrunning.

— Drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

. When the steering wheel isturned with the ignition switch inthe ON position, the predictivecourse lines may be displayed

incorrectly.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking spaceis safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis-played on the screen when the shiftlever is moved to the R (Reverse)position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dictive course lines enter the park-ing space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallelto the parking space while referringto the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in thespace completely, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch placed in the ONposition, push the CAMERA button ormove the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position to operate the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor.The Intelligent Around View® Monitor dis-plays different split screen views depend-ing on the position of the shift lever. Pushthe CAMERA button to switch betweenthe available views.If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position, the available views are:. Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen. Rear view/front-side view split screen. Rear viewIf the shift lever is in the out of R (Reverse)position, the available views are:. Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen. Front view/front-side view split screenThe display will switch from the IntelligentAround View® Monitor screen when:. The shift lever is in the D (Drive)

position and the vehicle speed in-creases above approximately 6 MPH(10 km/h).

. A different screen is selected.



WAE0058X

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. Push the MENU button.2. Touch the “Settings” key and then

touch the “Camera” key.3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”,

“Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key.5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or

“–” key on the touch screen display.NOTE:Do not adjust the display settings of theIntelligent Around View® Monitor whilethe vehicle is moving. Make sure theparking brake is firmly applied.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for Intelligent Around View®Monitor. Failure to operate the vehi-cle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in seriousinjury or death.. Do not use the Intelligent Around

View® Monitor with the outsidemirrors in the stored position,and make sure that the liftgateis securely closed when operatingthe vehicle using the IntelligentAround View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance betweenobjects viewed on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor differsfrom the actual distance.

. The cameras are installed abovethe front grille, the outside mir-rors and above the rear licenseplate. Do not put anything on thecameras.

. When washing the vehicle withhighpressure water, be sure notto spray it around the cameras.

Otherwise, water may enter thecamera unit causing water con-densation on the lens, a malfunc-tion, fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the cameras. Theyare precision instruments. Doingso could cause a malfunction orcause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

WAE0060X

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the systemdoes not warn of moving objects. When inthe front or the rear view display, anobject below the bumper or on theground may not be viewed . When inthe bird’s-eye view, a tall object near theseam of the camera viewing areas will

not appear in the monitor.The following are operating limitationsand do not represent a system malfunc-tion:. There may be a delay when switching

between views.. When the temperature is extremely

high or low, the screen may notdisplay objects clearly.

. When strong light directly shines onthe camera, objects may not be dis-played clearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor may differsomewhat from the actual color ofobjects.

. Objects on the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor may not be clear andthe color of the object may differ in adark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloththat has been dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent, then wipewith a dry cloth.

WAE0056X

System temporarily unavailableWhen the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditionsin the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.This will not hinder normal driving opera-tion but the system should be inspected.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer.



WAE0057X

When the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receiv-ing temporary electronic disturbancesfrom surrounding devices. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

WAE0059X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor may not display objectsclearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

cloth dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.

WAE0016X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warningsand instructions for proper useof the Moving Object Detectionsystem could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substi-tute for proper vehicle operationand is not designed to preventcontact with objects surroundingthe vehicle. When maneuvering,always use the outside mirrorand rearview mirror and turnand check the surroundings toensure it is safe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated atspeeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). Itis reactivated at lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designedto detect the surrounding sta-tionary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle whendriving out of garages, maneuvering inparking lots and in other such instances.The MOD system detects moving objectsby using image processing technology onthe image shown in the display.


MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD) (if so equipped)


MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automati-cally under the following conditions:. When the shift lever is in the R

(Reverse) position.. When the CAMERA button is pushed

to activate the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor system on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).

The MOD system operates in the follow-ing conditions when the camera view isdisplayed:. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects themoving objects in the bird’s-eye view.The MOD system will not operate ifeither door is opened. If outside mir-rors are folded, MOD may not operateproperly.

. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position, and the vehicle speed isbelow approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h),the MOD system detects moving ob-jects in the front view.

. When the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position and the vehiclespeed is below approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h), the MOD system detectsmoving objects in the rear view. The

MOD system will not operate if theliftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen whenin this view.When the MOD system detects a movingobject near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobject is detected and a chime will soundonce. While the MOD system continues todetect moving objects, the yellow framecontinues to be displayed.NOTE:While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) isbeeping, the MOD system does notchime.

JVH1256XFront and bird’s-eye views

JVH0873XRear and bird’s-eye views

JVH1257XRear and front-side views

WAE0067XRear view

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frameis displayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on wheremoving objects are detected.The yellow frame is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear viewmodes.A blue MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. Agray MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon is not displayed.TURNING MOD ON AND OFFThe MOD system can be turned on andoff using the vehicle information display.(See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-21).)MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for MOD. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result inserious injury or death.. Excessive noise (for example,

audio system volume or openvehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and it

may not be heard.. The MOD system performance

will be limited according to en-vironmental conditions and sur-rounding objects such as:— When there is low contrast

between background and themoving objects.

— When there is blinking sourceof light.

— When strong light such asanother vehicle’s headlight orsunlight is present.

— When camera orientation isnot in its usual position, suchas when the outside mirror isfolded.

— When there is dirt, water dropsor snow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the mov-ing objects in the display isnot changed.

. The MOD system might detectflowing water droplets on thecamera lens, white smoke fromthe muffler, moving shadows, etc.

. The MOD system may not func-tion properly depending on thespeed, direction, distance or



shape of the moving objects.. If your vehicle sustains damage

to the parts where the camera isinstalled, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may bealtered and the MOD system maynot detect objects properly.

. When the temperature is extre-mely high or low, the screen maynot display objects clearly. This isnot a malfunction.

NOTE:The blue MOD icon will change toorange if one of the following hasoccurred.. When the system is malfunctioning.. When the component temperature

reaches a high level (icon will blink).. When the rear view camera has

detected a blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminateorange, have the MOD system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WAE0059X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with a

diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

JVH0662X

CENTER VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the control tothis direction will open the ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the controlto this direction will close the ventila-tors.

Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-lators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired positionis achieved.

JVH0663X

SIDE VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the control tothis direction will open the ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the controlto this direction will close the ventila-tors.


JVH0879X

REAR VENTILATORS (if so equipped)Open/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will open theventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will close theventilators.



VENTILATORS


WARNING

. The heater and air conditioneroperate only when the engine isrunning.

. Never leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in thevehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or con-trols and inadvertently becomeinvolved in a serious accidentand injure themselves. On hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly be-come high enough to cause se-vere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may causethe interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

. Do not adjust the heating and airconditioning controls while driv-ing so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operatewhen the engine is running. The air

blower will operate even if the engine isturned off and the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-senger compartment through theventilators.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air intothe passenger compartment. Thisshould help reduce odors inside thevehicle.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

JVH0664X

1. A/C button/Fan speed control dial2. Air flow control buttons3. MAX A/C button/Temperature control

dial4. Front defroster button5. Rear defroster button (See “Rear

window and outside mirror defrosterswitch” (P.2-47).)

6. Air recirculation button

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER ANDHEATERControlsTurning system on/off:To turn on the system, turn the fan speedcontrol dial out of the OFF position.Turn the dial counterclockwise to the OFFposition to turn off the system.

Fan speed control:Turn the fan speed control dialclockwise to increase the fan speed.Turn the fan speed control dialcounterclockwise to decrease the fanspeed.

Temperature control:Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature. Turn the dialbetween the middle and the right posi-tion to select the hot temperature. Turnthe dial between the middle and the leftposition to select the cool temperature.

Air flow control:Push one of the air flow control buttonsto select the air flow outlets.

— Air flows mainly from center and sideventilators.

— Air flows mainly from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outletand partly from the defroster.

— Air flows mainly from the defrosterand foot outlets.

Air intake control:The air intake control mode will changeeach time the air recirculation buttonis pushed.. When the indicator light is turned on,

the air recirculates inside the vehicle.. When the indicator light is turned off,

the air flow is drawn from outside thevehicle.



A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:Push the A/C button to turn on or off theair conditioner. When the air conditioneris on, the A/C indicator light on the buttonilluminates.

MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op-eration:Push the MAX A/C button for maximumcooling and dehumidifying.When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, theair flow mode indicator will turn off withthe air flow mode fixed at .At the same time, the indicator light onthe A/C button and the air recirculationmode will turn on.Push the MAX A/C button again to turnoff the MAX A/C mode. When the MAX A/Cmode is turned off, most of the settingswill return to the previous state, while theindicator light on the A/C button will stayon.

Heater operationHeating:This mode is used to direct heated airfrom the foot outlets. Some air also flowsfrom the defroster outlets and the sideventilator outlets.1. Push the air recirculation button

for normal heating. (The indicator lightwill turn off.)

2. Push the button. (The indicatorlight will turn on.)

3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial tothe desired position between themiddle and the hot (right) position.

Ventilation:This mode directs outside air from theside and center ventilators.1. Push the air recirculation button.

(The indicator light will turn off.)2. Push the button. (The indicator

light will turn on.)3. Turn the fan speed control dial to

the desired position.4. Turn the temperature control dial to

the desired position.

Defrosting or defogging:This mode directs the air to the defrosteroutlets to defrost/defog the windows.1. Push the front defroster button.

(The indicator light will turn on.)2. Turn the fan speed control dial to


the desired position between themiddle and the hot (right) position.To remove frost from the windshieldquickly, turn the temperature controldial to the maximum hot (right) posi-tion and the fan speed control dialto the maximum position.When the front defroster mode isselected, the air conditioner automa-tically turns on if the outside tempera-ture is more than 36°F (2°C). Thisdehumidifies the air which helps defogthe windshield. The air recirculationindicator automatically turns off, al-lowing outside air to be drawn intothe passenger compartment tofurther improve the defogging perfor-mance. The recirculation mode can-not be activated in the front defrostermode.

Bi-level heating:The bi-level mode directs warmed air to

the side and center ventilators and to thefront and rear floor outlets.1. Push the air recirculation button.




the desired position.

Heating and defogging:This mode heats the interior and defogsthe windows.1. Push the button. (The indicator



the maximum hot (right) position.When the button is pushed, the airconditioner automatically turns on if theoutside temperature is more than 36°F(2°C). This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. The air re-circulation indicator automatically turnsoff, allowing outside air to be drawn intothe passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.

NOTE:Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and air inlet in front of thewindshield. This improves heater op-eration.Air conditioner operationStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position,and push the A/C button to activate theair conditioner. When the air conditioneris on, cooling and dehumidifying func-tions are added to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Cooling:This mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.1. Push the button. (The indicator


the desired position.3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator

light will turn on.)4. Turn the temperature control dial to

the desired position between themiddle and the cool (left) position.

For quick cooling, push the MAX A/Cbutton. When the MAX A/C button ispushed, it will activate the air recirculationmode. The amount of air coming through

the ventilators is the highest it can gowhen in MAX A/C mode regardless of theposition of the fan speed control dial.

Dehumidified heating:This mode is used to heat and dehumidifythe air.1. Push the air recirculation button.



the desired position.4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator

light will turn on.)5. Turn the temperature control dial to

the desired position between themiddle and the hot (right) position.

Dehumidified defogging:This mode is used to defog the windowsand dehumidify the air.1. Push the front defroster button.

(The indicator light will turn on.)2. Turn the fan speed control dial to


the desired position.When the front defroster or mode isselected, the air conditioner automaticallyturns on if the outside temperature is



more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifiesthe air which helps defog the windshield.The air recirculation mode automaticallyturns off, allowing outside air to be drawninto the passenger compartment tofurther improve the defogging perfor-mance.The air conditioner is always on in frontdefroster or mode, regardless ofwhether the indicator light is on or off.NOTE:. The air conditioner system should

be operated for approximately 10minutes at least once a month. Thishelps prevent damage to the airconditioner system due to the lackof lubrication.

. A visible mist may be seen comingfrom the ventilators in hot, humidconditions as the air is cooled ra-pidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

. If the engine coolant temperaturebecomes too high, the air recircula-tion mode will be activated and theindicator light will come on automa-tically.

. If the engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature over the normal range, turnthe air conditioner off. (See “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-11).)

JVH0665X

1. Front defroster button2. ON·OFF button/Temperature control dial

(driver side)3. MODE button4. Display screen5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button6. DUAL button/Temperature control dial

(passenger side)7. Rear defroster button (See “Rear

window and outside mirror defrosterswitch” (P.2-47).)

8. Air recirculation button9. Fan speed control button10. AUTO button11. Outside air circulation button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER ANDHEATERAutomatic operation (AUTO)The AUTO mode may be used year-roundas the system automatically controls theair conditioner to a constant tempera-ture, air flow distribution and fan speedafter the desired temperature is setmanually.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:1. Push the AUTO button (the indicator

light will turn on).2. Turn the temperature control dial to

set the desired temperature.

. When the DUAL indicator light is notilluminated, pushing the DUAL but-ton (the indicator light will turn on)allows the user to independentlychange the driver and passengerside temperatures with the corre-sponding temperature control dial.

. To cancel the separate tempera-ture setting, push the DUAL button(the indicator light will turn off) andthe driver’s side temperaturesetting will be applied to both thedriver and passenger sides.

The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.A visible mist may be seen comingfrom the ventilators in hot and humidconditions as the air is cooled rapidly.This does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:1. Push the front defroster button

(The indicator light on the frontdefroster button will illuminate).

2. Turn the temperature control dial toset the desired temperature.

. To quickly remove frost from the out-side surface of the windshield, set thetemperature and the fan speed to the

maximum levels.. After the windshield is cleared, push

the AUTO button (the AUTO indicatorlight will turn on).

. When the front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will turn onwhen the outside air temperature isabove approximately 36°F (2°C) todefog the windshield. The air recircu-lation mode will automatically turn off.The outside air circulation mode willbe selected to improve the defoggingperformance.

Do not set the temperature too low whenthe front defroster mode is on (theindicator light is illuminated), becausedoing so may fog up the windshield.

Manual operationThe manual mode can be used to controlthe heater and air conditioner to yourdesired settings.

Fan speed control:Push the fan speed control button (side or side) to manually control thefan speed.Push the AUTO button to change the fanspeed to the automatic mode.

Air flow control:Push the MODE button to select thedesired mode:

— Air flows mainly from the center andside ventilators.

— Air flows mainly from the center andside ventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outletand partly from the defroster.

— Air flows mainly from the frontdefroster outlets and foot outlets.

Temperature control:Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.. When the DUAL indicator light is not

illuminated, pushing the DUAL button(the indicator light will turn on) allowsthe user to independently change thedriver and passenger side tempera-tures with the corresponding tem-perature control dial.Also turning the passenger’s sidetemperature control dial changes onlythe front passenger’s side tempera-ture. (The DUAL indicator light willilluminate and DUAL will appear onthe display.)

. To cancel the separate temperaturesetting, push the DUAL button (theindicator light will turn off) and thedriver’s side temperature setting willbe applied to both the driver andpassenger sides.



Air intake control:. Push the air recirculation button

to recirculate interior air inside thevehicle. The indicator light on thebutton will come on.The air recirculation cannot be acti-vated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode.

. Push the outside air circulationbutton to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The indica-tor light on the button will come on.

. To control the air intake automatically,push and hold either the air recircula-tion button or the outside aircirculation button (whichever but-ton with the indicator light illumi-nated). The indicator lights (both airrecirculation and outside air cir-culation buttons) will flash twice,and then the air intake will switch toautomatic control. When the auto-matic control is set, the system auto-matically alternates between theoutside air circulation and the airrecirculation modes. (The indicatorlight of the active mode will turn on.)

NOTE:Even if the system is manually set to theair recirculation mode, when both out-side temperature and coolant tempera-ture are low, the system may

automatically switch to the outside aircirculation mode.To turn the system off:To turn off the heater and air conditioner,push the ON·OFF button.Push the ON·OFF button again, the sys-tem will turn on in the mode which wasused immediately before the system wasturned off.

Remote engine start logic (if soequipped)When the remote engine start function isactivated, the vehicles equipped with theautomatic air conditioner and heater maygo into automatic heating or coolingmode depending on the outside andcabin temperatures. During this period,the display and the buttons will beinoperable until the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position. When thetemperature is low, the rear defrosterand the heated steering wheel (if soequipped) may also be activated auto-matically with the activation of the re-mote engine start function. (See “Remoteengine start” (P.3-23).)

JVH0727X

JVH0728X

OPERATING TIPS (for automatic airconditioner)When the engine coolant temperatureand outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may notoperate for a maximum of 150 seconds.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, airflow from the foot outlets will operatenormally.The sensors and , located on theinstrument panel, help maintain a con-stant temperature. Do not put anythingon or around the sensors.SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done only byan experienced technician with theproper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicleis charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind.This refrigerant will not harm theearth’s ozone layer. However, it may

contribute in a small part to globalwarming.Special charging equipment and lubricantare required when servicing your vehicle’sair conditioner. Using improper refriger-ants or lubricants will cause severe da-mage to the air conditioner system. (See“Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations” (P.10-6).)A NISSAN dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air condi-tioner system.

In-cabin microfilterThe air conditioner system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter. To make surethe air conditioner heats, defogs, andventilates efficiently, replace the filteraccording the specified maintenance in-tervals listed in the "9. Maintenance andschedules" section. It is recommended tovisit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter.The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioner.

SAA2374

To remove the antenna, hold the bottomof the antenna and turn it counterclock-wise.To install the antenna, turn the antennaclockwise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deformingthe antenna, be sure to removethe antenna under the followingconditions.— The vehicle enters a garage

with a low ceiling.


ANTENNA


— The vehicle is covered with acar cover.

. Be sure that antenna is removedbefore the vehicle enters an auto-matic car wash.

. Always properly tighten the an-tenna rod during installation.Otherwise, the antenna rod maybreak during vehicle operation.

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing precautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electroniccontrol system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not beused for any purpose while driv-ing so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellu-lar phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operationalmode (if so equipped) is highlyrecommended. Exercise extremecaution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicleoperation.

. If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to takenotes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic con-trol modules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from theelectronic control system har-ness. Do not route the antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended bythe manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................ 5-4Three-way catalyst ............................................................... 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-8On-pavement and off-roaddriving precautions .............................................................. 5-8Off-road recovery .................................................................. 5-9Rapid air pressure loss ...................................................... 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10Driving safety precautions .......................................... 5-10

Ignition switch (models without IntelligentKey system) .................................................................................... 5-12

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) ............................................................ 5-13Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................... 5-13Key positions .......................................................................... 5-14

Push-button ignition switch (model withIntelligent Key system) .......................................................... 5-14

Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14Push-button ignition switch operation............. 5-15Push-button ignition switch positions .............. 5-16Emergency engine shut off ........................................ 5-16Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................... 5-17

Before starting the engine................................................. 5-17

Starting the engine (model without IntelligentKey system) ................................................................................... 5-18Starting the engine (model with IntelligentKey system) ................................................................................... 5-19

Remote engine start (if so equipped) .............. 5-20Driving the vehicle ................................................................... 5-20

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) ......................................................... 5-20Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................ 5-25

Parking brake ............................................................................... 5-27Pedal type............................................................................... 5-27Switch type (models with electronic parkingbrake system) ...................................................................... 5-27

Automatic brake hold (if so equipped).................... 5-29How to activate/deactivate the automaticbrake hold function ........................................................ 5-30How to use the automatic brakehold function........................................................................ 5-31

ECO mode system ................................................................... 5-32ECO Pedal Guide function ......................................... 5-33Ambient ECO........................................................................ 5-33ECO Drive Report .............................................................. 5-34

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 5-35

LDW system operation ................................................. 5-36How to enable/disable the LDW system ....... 5-37

LDW system limitations .................................................. 5-38System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-39System malfunction .......................................................... 5-39System maintenance ....................................................... 5-39

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 5-40

I-LI system operation ....................................................... 5-41How to enable/disable the I-LI system ............. 5-42I-LI system limitations ..................................................... 5-43System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-44System malfunction .......................................................... 5-45System maintenance ....................................................... 5-45

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................................... 5-46BSW system operation ................................................... 5-48How to enable/disable the BSW system.......... 5-49BSW system limitations .................................................. 5-50BSW driving situations .................................................... 5-51System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-54System malfunction .......................................................... 5-55System maintenance ....................................................... 5-55

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ....................................... 5-56RCTA system operation ................................................. 5-57How to enable/disable the RCTA system ....... 5-59RCTA system limitations ............................................... 5-60System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-63System malfunction .......................................................... 5-63System maintenance ....................................................... 5-63

Cruise control (if so equipped) ....................................... 5-64Precautions on cruise control .................................. 5-65

Cruise control operations .......................................... 5-65Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models withoutProPILOT assist) (if so equipped).................................. 5-66

How to select the cruise control mode ......... 5-68Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ....................................................................... 5-68Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode ....................................................................... 5-82

ProPILOT assist (if so equipped) ................................... 5-86ProPILOT assist system operation ..................... 5-88ProPILOT assist switches ........................................... 5-89ProPILOT assist system displayand indicators ..................................................................... 5-90Turning the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode ON ............................................. 5-91Operating ProPILOT assist ........................................ 5-91How to enable/disable thesteering assist ..................................................................... 5-95How to cancel the ProPILOTassist system ....................................................................... 5-97Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(models with ProPILOT assist) ............................... 5-97Steering assist ................................................................ 5-106Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode ................................................................... 5-112

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (ifso equipped) ............................................................................. 5-115

AEB system operation .............................................. 5-116Turning the AEB system ON/OFF ................... 5-118AEB system limitations ............................................ 5-119

System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-120System malfunction ...................................................... 5-121System maintenance ................................................... 5-121

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withpedestrian detection system ....................................... 5-122

AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem operation ............................................................ 5-124Turning the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem ON/OFF ................................................................ 5-126AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem limitations .......................................................... 5-127System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-129System malfunction ...................................................... 5-130System maintenance ................................................... 5-131

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (ifso equipped) .............................................................................. 5-132

RAB system operation ................................................ 5-133Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...................... 5-133RAB system limitations .............................................. 5-134System malfunction ...................................................... 5-136System maintenance ................................................... 5-137

Break-in schedule ................................................................. 5-137Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ................................................ 5-138Increasing fuel economy ................................................. 5-139Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped)................................... 5-139

Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ...... 5-141Parking/parking on hills ................................................... 5-143

Electric power steering .................................................... 5-144Brake system ........................................................................... 5-145

Braking precautions ................................................... 5-145Brake assist ............................................................................... 5-146

Brake assist ....................................................................... 5-146Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-146

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .............. 5-147Chassis control ....................................................................... 5-149

Intelligent Trace Control ......................................... 5-149Intelligent Engine Brake (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) models) .......... 5-150Active Ride Control ..................................................... 5-151

Hill Start Assist system ..................................................... 5-152Rear sonar system (RSS) (if so equipped) ......... 5-152

System operation ......................................................... 5-153How to enable/disable the RSS ........................ 5-155RSS limitations ................................................................ 5-156System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-156System maintenance ................................................ 5-156

Cold weather driving ......................................................... 5-157Freeing a frozen door lock ................................... 5-157Anti-freeze .......................................................................... 5-157Battery................................................................................... 5-157Draining of coolant water ..................................... 5-157Tire equipment ............................................................... 5-157Special winter equipment ..................................... 5-158Driving on snow or ice ............................................. 5-158

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. They could acciden-tally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gas; itcontains colorless and odorlesscarbon monoxide. Carbon mon-

oxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected imme-diately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for an extendedperiod of time.

. Keep the liftgate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gascould be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you mustdrive with the liftgate open, fol-low these precautions:— Open all the windows.— Turn the air recirculation

mode off and set the fanspeed control to the highestlevel to circulate the air.

. If a special body or other equip-ment is added for recreational orother usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle. (Some recreationalvehicle appliances such as stoves,

refrigerators, heaters, etc. mayalso generate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-fied mechanic whenever:— Your vehicle is raised while

being serviced.— You suspect that exhaust

fumes are entering into thepassenger compartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accidentinvolving damage to the ex-haust system, underbody, orrear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperaturesto help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals and flammable materials

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

away from the exhaust systemcomponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, wastepaper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. De-posits from leaded gasoline willseriously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduceexhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree-way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the three-way catalyst.. Do not race the engine while

warming it up.. Do not push or tow your vehicle

to start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when coldand inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufac-turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla-tion pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you should deter-mine the proper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illumi-nates a low tire pressure telltale whenone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping abil-ity.Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS lowtire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped witha TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating prop-erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressure tell-tale. When the system detects a malfunc-t i on , the te l l t a l e w i l l f l a sh fo rapproximately one minute and then re-main continuously illuminated. This se-quence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunction indica-tor is illuminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includingthe installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires

Starting and driving 5-5


or wheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

Additional information. Since the spare tire is not equipped

with the TPMS, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the sparetire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning lightdoes not automatically turn off whenthe tire pressure is adjusted. After thetire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the lowtire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tirepressure.

. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display when the low tirepressure warning light is illuminatedand low tire pressure is detected. The“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningturns off when the low tire pressure

warning light turns off.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning does not appear if the lowtire pressure warning light illuminatesto indicate a TPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside tempera-ture. Do not reduce the tire pressureafter driving because the tire pressurerises after driving. Low outside tem-perature can lower the temperatureof the air inside the tire which cancause a lower tire inflation pressure.This may cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates in low ambi-ent temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-13) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the

vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible.(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan-ging a flat tire.)



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function prop-er ly when the wheels areequipped with tire chains or thewheels are buried in snow.

. Do not place metalized film orany metal parts (antenna, etc.) onthe windows. This may causepoor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation ofthe TPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:

. Facilities or electric devices usingsimilar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel

and tire without TPMS.. If the TPMS has been replaced and the

ID has not been registered.. If the wheel is not originally specified

by NISSAN.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate the

equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

TPMS with Easy Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside thevehicle to help you inflate the tires tothe recommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level

place.2. Apply the parking brake and place the

shift lever in the P (Park) position (CVTmodel) or N (Neutral) position (MTmodel).

3. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. Do not start the engine.

Operation:1. Add air to the tire.2. After a few seconds, the hazard in-

dicators will start flashing.



3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once andthe hazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.. If the tire is over-inflated more than

approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash3 times. To correct the pressure, pushthe core of the valve stem on the tirebriefly to release pressure. When thepressure reaches the designatedpressure, the horn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alertis not operating.

. The TPMS will not activate the Easy FillTire Alert under the following condi-tions:— If there is interference from an

external device or transmitter— The air pressure from the inflation

device such as those using a powersocket is not sufficient to inflate thetire

— If an electrical equipment is beingused in or near the vehicle

— There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem

— There is a malfunction in the hornor hazard indicators

. If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alertdoes not operate due to TPMS inter-ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft(1m) backward or forward and tryagain.

If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is notworking, use a tire pressure gauge.AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause youto lose control of your vehicle. As withany vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehiclesor objects, or cause the vehicle to roll-over, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the

influence of alcohol or drugs (includingprescription or over-the-counter drugswhich may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in “Seatbelts” (P.1-11) of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly beltedperson is significantly more likely to beinjured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantly high-er rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinarycars. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road,allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds as conven-tional passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to performsatisfactorily under off-road conditions. Ifat all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt

maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. Aswith other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seatbelts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted personis significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.Be sure to read “Driving safety precau-tions” (P.5-10).OFF-ROAD RECOVERYIf the right side or left side wheels leavethe road surface, maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only ageneral guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Do not apply the brakes.3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the

vehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When alltires are on the road surface, steer thevehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road sur-face based on vehicle, road ortraffic conditions, gradually slowthe vehicle to a stop in a safe placeoff the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or isdamaged due to hitting a curb or pothole.Rapid air pressure loss can also be causedby driving on under-inflated tires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) ofthis manual.If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or

“blows-out” while driving, maintain con-trol of the vehicle by following the proce-dure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increasethe chance of losing control of thevehicle if there is a sudden loss of tireair pressure. Losing control of thevehicle may cause a collision andresult in personal injury.. The vehicle generally moves or

pulls in the direction of the flattire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accel-erator pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.



3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra-dually stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand either contact a roadside emer-gency service to change the tire or see“Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of thisOwner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in thebloodstream reduces coordination,delays reaction time and impairsjudgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood ofbeing involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, ifyou are injured in an accident, alco-hol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killedin alcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don’tmix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegaldrugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper-ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSYour vehicle is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid drivingin deep water or mud as your vehicle ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)models are less capable than All-WheelDrive (AWD) models for rough road drivingand extrication when stuck in deep snow,mud, or the like.Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated withtheir seat belt fastened. This willkeep you and your passengers inposition when driving over roughterrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip over side-ways much more easily than theycan forward or backward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to controlyour speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while drivingon downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehi-cle.

. Stay alert when driving to the topof a hill. At the top there could bea drop-off or other hazard thatcould cause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around.Your vehicle could tip or roll over.Always back straight down in R(Reverse) range. Never back downin N (Neutral), using only thebrake, as this could cause loss ofcontrol.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to over-heat and fade, resulting in loss ofcontrol and an accident. Applybrakes lightly and use a lowrange to control your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center ofgravity excessively, do not exceedthe rated capacity of the roof rack(if so equipped) and evenly dis-tribute the load. Secure heavyloads in the cargo area as farforward and as low as possible.Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this man-ual. This could cause your vehicleto roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokesof the steering wheel when driv-ing off-road. The steering wheelcould move suddenly and injureyour hands. Instead drive withyour fingers and thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, en-sure that the driver and all pas-sengers have their seat beltsfastened.

. Always drive with the floor matsin place as the floor may becamehot.

. Lower your speed when encoun-tering strong crosswinds. With ahigher center of gravity, yourvehicle is more affected by strongside winds. Slower speeds ensurebetter vehicle control.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires,even with AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, donot attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift thetransmission to any drive or re-verse position with the enginerunning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could

result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheeldynamometer (such as the dy-namometers used by somestates for emissions testing), orsimilar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure you informtest facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drive-train damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. When a wheel is off the grounddue to an unlevel surface, do notspin the wheel excessively (AWDmodel).

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steer-ing maneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharpturning maneuvers, particularlyat high speeds. Your vehicle hasa higher center of gravity than aconventional passenger car. The



vehicle is not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds asconventional passenger cars.Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover acci-dent.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), and treadpattern on all four wheels. Installtraction devices on the frontwheels when driving on slipperyroads and drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes im-mediately after driving in mud orwater. See “Brake system” (P.5-145) for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle onsteep hills. If you get out of thevehicle and it rolls forward, back-ward or sideways, you could beinjured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water asdeep as the wheel hub, morefrequent maintenance may berequired. See the maintenanceschedule shown in the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section.

. Spinning the front wheels onslippery surfaces may cause theAWD warning message to displayand the AWD system to automa-tically switch from the AWD modeto the 2WD mode. This couldreduce traction. (AWD models)

WARNING

Never remove the key or place theignition switch in the LOCK positionwhile driving. The steering wheel willlock and could cause the driver tolose control of the vehicle. This couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

IGNITION SWITCH (models withoutIntelligent Key system)

JVS1067X

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position. Whenmoving the ignition switch to the LOCKposition, to remove the key from theignition switch, make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.When the ignition switch cannot beturned to the LOCK position:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

4. Remove the key.If the ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position, the shift lever cannot bemoved from the P (Park) position. Theshift lever can be moved if the ignitionswitch is in the ON position with the footbrake pedal depressed.

JVS1067X

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)The ignition switch includes a device thathelps prevent accidental removal of thekey while driving.The key can only be removed when theignition switch is in the LOCK position.



KEY POSITIONSLOCK: Normal parking position (0)OFF: (Not used) (1)This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio when the engineis not running.

ON: Normal operating position (2)This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

START: (3)This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the key. Itautomatically returns to the ON position.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-buttonignition switch while driving the ve-hicle except in an emergency. (Theengine will stop when the ignitionswitch is pushed 3 consecutive timesor the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If theengine stops while the vehicle isbeing driven, this could lead to acrash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button igni-tion switch, be sure to move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position (for Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)models) or the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position (for Manual Transmis-sion (MT) models).

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTIONThe Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the IntelligentKey is within the specified operatingrange .When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves arepresent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower and may not functionproperly.If the Intelligent Key is within the operat-ing range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelli-gent Key, to push the ignition switch to

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH(model with Intelligent Key system)

start the engine.. The cargo room area is not included in

the operating range but the IntelligentKey may function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove boxor door pocket, the Intelligent Key maynot function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle,the Intelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

CAUTION

. Do not leave the vehicle for ex-tended periods of time when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion and the engine is not run-ning. This can discharge thebattery.

. Use electrical accessories withthe engine running to avoid dis-charging the vehicle battery. Ifyou must use accessories whilethe engine is not running, do notuse them for extended periods oftime and do not use multipleelectrical accessories at the sametime.

JVS0937X

When the ignition switch is pushed with-out depressing the brake pedal (CVTmodels) or the clutch pedal (MT models),the ignition switch will illuminate.Push the ignition switch center:. once to change to ON.. two times to change to OFF.The ignition switch will automaticallyreturn to the LOCK position when anydoor is either opened or closed with theswitch in the OFF position.



Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT) modelsThe ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot beswitched to OFF until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position.When the ignition switch cannot bepushed toward the OFF position, proceedas follows:1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position.2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition

switch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to theOFF position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked atthis position.The ignition switch will lock when anydoor is opened or closed with the ignitionswitched off.

ON (Normal operating position)The ignition system and the electricalaccessory power activate at this positionwithout the engine turned on.The ON position has a battery saverfeature that will place the ignition switchin the OFF position, if the vehicle is notrunning, after some time under the fol-lowing conditions:. all doors are closed.. shift lever is in P (Park) position (CVT

model) or N (Neutral) position (MTmodel).

The battery saver feature will be can-celled if any of the following occur:. any door is opened.. shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)

position (CVT model).

. ignition switch changes position.

OFF positionThe engine is turned off in this position.

Auto ACC positionWith the vehicle in the P (Park) position(CVT models) or the N (Neutral) position(MT models), the Intelligent Key with youand the ignition placed from ON to OFF,the radio can still be used for a period oftime, or until the driver’s door is opened.After a period of time, functions such asradio, navigation (if so equipped), andBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemmay be restarted by turning on the audiosystem (see the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for upto a total of 30 minutes.EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

JVS0404X

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key opera-tion, start the engine according to thefollowing procedure:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position (for CVT models) or the shiftlever to the N (Neutral) position (for MTmodels).

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.3. Touch the ignition switch with the

Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depres-sing the brake pedal within 10 sec-onds after the chime sounds. Theengine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when theignition switch is pushed without depres-sing the brake pedal, the ignition switchposition will change to ACC.NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed

to the ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, the“Key Battery Low” warning appears(on the Vehicle information display)even if the Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle. This is not a malfunction.To turn off the warning, touch theignition switch with the IntelligentKey again.

. If the “Key Battery Low” warningappears (on the Vehicle informationdisplay), replace the battery as soonas possible. (See “Intelligent Keybattery replacement” (P.8-23).)

. Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid, and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tiresfor proper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position. (See “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible remin-ders” (P.2-10).)


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


1. Apply the parking brake.2. Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) model:Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)The starter is designed so that it doesnot operate unless the shift lever is ineither of the above positions.Manual Transmission (MT) model:Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position, and depress the clutch pedalto the floor while starting the engine.

3. Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by turning theignition switch to START. Release theswitch when the engine starts. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or whenrestarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and hold it and thencrank the engine. Release the ac-celerator pedal when the enginestarts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Crank the enginefor 5 - 6 seconds. After cranking the

engine, release the acceleratorpedal. Crank the engine with yourfoot off the accelerator pedal byturning the ignition switch toSTART. Release the ignition switchwhen the engine starts. If theengine starts, but fails to run, re-peat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If theengine does not start, turn the igni-tion switch off and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.Do not turn the ignition switch to theSTART position unless the engineand starter have stopped moving.Attempting to start the engine whilethe engine or starter is moving maycause damage.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for

a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift leverto the P (Park) position (CVT model) orN (Neutral) position (MT model) andturn the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

STARTING THE ENGINE (modelwithout Intelligent Key system)


(CVT) model:Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.Manual Transmission (MT) model:Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. Depress the clutch pedal fullyto the floor.The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fully de-pressed.The Intelligent Key must be carriedwhen operating the ignition switch.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Depress the brake pedal (CVTmodels) or the clutch pedal (MT mod-els) and push the ignition switch tostart the engine.To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal (CVT mod-els) or the clutch pedal (MT models)with the ignition switch in any posi-tion.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when

restarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and while holding, crankthe engine. Release the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release theaccelerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brakepedal and pushing the push-buttonignition switch to start the engine.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If theengine does not start, push theignition switch to OFF and wait 10seconds before cranking again,otherwise the starter could be da-maged.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running fora minimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.When racing the engine up to 4,000rpm or more under no load condition,the engine will enter the fuel cutmode.

5. To stop the engine, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position (CVTmodels) or move the shift lever tothe N (Neutral) position (MT models),and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.




STARTING THE ENGINE (modelwith Intelligent Key system)



In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the remote enginestart function require the ignition switchto be placed in the ON position before theshift lever can be moved from the P (Park)position. To place the ignition switch inthe ON position, perform the followingsteps:1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is

carried with you.2. Depress the brake pedal.3. Push the ignition switch once to the

ON position.For additional information about theremote engine start function, see “Re-mote engine start” (P.3-23).

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)The Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on thefollowing pages. Follow these proceduresfor maximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.Engine power may be automaticallyreduced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when drivingon slippery roads or while being testedon some dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress

the foot brake pedal before movingthe shift lever out of the P (Park)position.This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressedbefore shifting from P (Park) to anydriving position while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.The shift lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into anyof the other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK or OFF

position.2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed

and move the shift lever to a drivingposition.

3. Release the parking brake and footbrake pedal, and then gradually startthe vehicle in motion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive), or manual shift mode. Al-ways depress the brake pedaluntil shifting is completed. Failureto do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

. Never shift to either the P (Park)or R (Reverse) position while ve-hicle is moving forward and P(Park) or D (Drive) while the vehi-cle is reversing. This could causean accident or damage the trans-mission.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

. Do not downshift abruptly onslippery roads. This may cause aloss of control.

CAUTION

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehi-cle on an uphill grade, do not holdthe vehicle by depressing theaccelerator pedal. The foot brakeshould be used for this purpose.

. Except in an emergency, do notshift to the N (Neutral) positionwhile driving. Coasting with thetransmission in the N (Neutral)position may cause serious da-mage to the transmission.

JVS1025X

To move the shift lever,

:Push the button while depressingthe brake pedal.

: Push the button .: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal, push the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever from the P (Park)position to any of the desired shift posi-tions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shiftlever is in any position while theengine is not running. Failure to doso could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) posi-tion only when the vehicle is com-pletely stopped.

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFor ACC position for any reason while theshift lever is in any positions other thanthe P (Park), the ignition switch cannot beplaced in the LOCK position.If the ignition switch cannot be placed inthe LOCK position, perform the followingsteps:1. Apply the parking brake when the

vehicle is stopped.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position while depressing the foot



brake pedal.3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage,move the shift lever to the P (Park)or R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

P (Park):Use this position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to movethe shift lever from N (Neutral) or anydrive position to P (Park). Apply theparking brake. When parking on a hill,apply the parking brake first, then movethe shift lever to the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse):Use this position to back up. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pushed in to move the

shift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) orany driving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicleis moving.

D (Drive):Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is shifted from the D(Drive) position to the manual shift gate,the transmission enters the manual shiftmode. Shift ranges can be selectedmanually by moving the shift lever up ordown.In the manual shift mode, the shift rangeis displayed on the position indicator inthe meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1 ? M2 ? M3 ? M4 ? M5 ? M6 ? M7/ / / / / /

. When shifting up, move the shift leverto the + (up) side. The transmissionshifts to a higher range.

. When shifting down, move the shiftlever to the − (down) side. The trans-mission shifts to a lower range.

. Moving the shift lever to the same sidetwice will shift the ranges in succes-sion. However, if this motion is rapidlydone, the second shifting may not becompleted properly.

. When canceling the manual shiftmode, return the shift lever to the D(Drive) position. The transmission re-turns to the normal driving mode.

M7 (7th):Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.However, you need to shift down thegears manually when accelerating orpassing another vehicle.

M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.

M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd) :Use these positions for hill climbing orengine braking on downhill grades.

M1 (1st):Use this position when climbing steephills slowly or driving slowly through deepsnow, sand or mud, or for maximumengine braking on steep downhill grades.. Remember not to drive at high speeds

for extended periods of time in lowerthan M7 range. This reduces fueleconomy.

. In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may not shift to the se-lected range. This helps maintaindriving performance and reducesthe chance of vehicle damage orloss of control.

. In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission automatically shifts downto 1st gear before the vehicle comesto a stop. When accelerating again, itis necessary to shift up to thedesired range.

. When the CVT fluid temperature isextremely low, the manual shift modemay not work and automatically shiftas a drive mode. This is not a mal-function. In this case, return the shiftlever to the D (Drive) position and drivefor a while and then shift to the

manual shift mode.. When the CVT fluid temperature is

high, the shift range may upshift at alower engine speed than usual. This isnot a malfunction.

Accelerator downshift — In D posi-tion —For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into a lowergear, depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid tem-perature protection mode. If the fluidtemperature becomes too high (for ex-ample, when climbing steep grades inhigh temperature with heavy loads), en-gine power and, under some conditions,vehicle speed will be decreased automa-tically to reduce the chance of transmis-sion damage. Vehicle speed can becontrolled with the accelerator pedal,but the engine and vehicle speed maybe limited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The MIL may illuminate to indicate thefail-safe mode is activated. (See “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-17).)This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, place the ignition switch in theOFF position and wait for 10 seconds.Then turn the switch back to the ONposition. The vehicle should return to itsnormal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating con-dition, have the transmission checkedand repaired, if necessary. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperatureprotection mode or fail-safe opera-tion occurs, vehicle speed may begradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If necessary,pull to the side of the road at a safe



place and allow the transmission toreturn to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)The Adaptive Shift Control automaticallyoperates when the transmission is in the“D” (Drive) position and selects an appro-priate gear depending on the road con-ditions such as uphill or downhill.

Control on uphill and curving roads:A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope to allow smoothdriving with a small number of shifts.

Control on downhill roads:The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a lowgear that suits the degree of the slopewhen the accelerator pedal is depressed,and uses the engine braking to helpdriving in the downhill.

Control on winding roads:A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accel-eration is available instantly when theaccelerator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive Shift Control may not op-

erate when the transmission oiltemperature is low immediatelyafter the start of driving or when itis very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the AdaptiveShift Control may automatically op-erate. The transmission may auto-matically shift to a lower gear forengine braking. This increases en-gine speed but not vehicle speed.Vehicle speed is controlled by theaccelerator pedal when the vehicleis in the Adaptive Shift Controlmode.

. When the Adaptive Shift Controloperates, the transmission some-times maintains a lower gear for alonger period of time than whenAdaptive Shift Control is not operat-ing. Engine speed will be higher for aspecific vehicle speed while Adap-tive Shift Control is operating thanwhen Adaptive Shift Control is notoperating.

JVS0392X

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from theP (Park) position even with the brakepedal depressed and the shift lever but-ton pushed.To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure:1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or

LOCK position.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Remove the shift lock release cover

(shown in the illustration above) usinga suitable tool.

4. Insert the mechanical key and pushdown the shift lock release.

5. Push the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to the N (Neutral)position while holding down the shiftlock release.

Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. The vehicle may be moved to thedesired location.Replace the removed shift lock releasecover after the operation.If the shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position, have the CVT systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING

If the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brakepedal is depressed, the stop lightsmay not work. Malfunctioning stoplights could cause an accident injur-ing yourself and others.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)

WARNING

. Do not downshift abruptly onslippery roads. This may cause aloss of control.

. Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

. When the high fluid temperatureprotection mode or fail-safe op-eration occurs, vehicle speed maybe gradually reduced. The re-duced speed may be lower thanother traffic, which could increasethe chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of theroad at a safe place and allow thetransmission to return to normaloperation, or have it repaired ifnecessary.

CAUTION

. Do not rest your foot on theclutch pedal while driving. Thismay damage the clutch.

. Fully depress the clutch pedalbefore shifting to help preventtransmission damage.

. Stop your vehicle completely be-fore shifting into R (Reverse).

. When the vehicle is stopped for aperiod of time, for example at astop light, shift to N (Neutral) andrelease the clutch pedal with thefoot brake applied.



SSD0552

ShiftingTo change gears, or when upshifting ordownshifting, fully depress the clutchpedal, shift into the appropriate gear,then slowly and smoothly release theclutch pedal.To ensure smooth gear changes, be sureto fully depress the clutch pedal beforeoperating the shift lever. If the clutchpedal is not fully depressed before thetransmission is shifted, a gear noise maybe heard. Transmission damage couldoccur.Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear insequence according to vehicle speed.

To back up, pull the shift lever ringupward and then move it to the R(Reverse) gear after stopping the vehiclecompletely.The shift lever ring returns to its originalposition when the shift lever is moved tothe N (Neutral) position.If it is difficult to move the shift lever intothe R (Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N(Neutral) position, and then release theclutch pedal once. Fully depress theclutch pedal again and shift into the R(Reverse) or 1st gear.

Suggested maximum speed ineach gearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine isnot running smoothly, or if you need toaccelerate.Do not exceed the maximum suggestedspeed (shown below) in any gear. For levelroad driving, use the highest gear sug-gested for that speed. Always observeposted speed limits, and drive accordingto the road conditions, which will ensuresafe operation. Do not over-rev the en-gine when shifting to a lower gear as itmay cause engine damage or loss ofvehicle control.

Gear MPH (km/h)1st 28 (46)2nd 50 (81)3rd 70 (112)4th 90 (145)5th —6th —

WARNING

. Never drive the vehicle with theparking brake applied. The brakewill overheat and fail to operateand will lead to an accident.

. Never release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle. If thevehicle moves, it will be impossi-ble to push the foot brake pedaland will lead to an accident.

. Never use the shift lever in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully applied.


SPA2331

PEDAL TYPETo apply the parking brake, firmly depressthe parking brake pedal .To release the parking brake, depress andhold the foot brake and then fullydepress and release the parking brakepedal .Before driving, be sure that the brakewarning light has turned off.

JVP0498X

SWITCH TYPE (models with elec-tronic parking brake system)The electronic parking brake can beapplied or released automatically or byoperating the parking brake switch.

Automatic operationWith the vehicle stationary, the electronicparking brake is automatically appliedwhen the engine is turned off with theignition switch.For the model with the automatic brakehold function, the electronic parkingbrake will apply automatically if the igni-tion switch is placed in the “OFF” positionwhen the brake force is maintained by


PARKING BRAKE


automatic brake hold function.The electronic parking brake is automati-cally released as soon as the vehiclestarts while the accelerator pedal isdepressed.

WARNING

. The electronic parking brake willnot be automatically appliedwhen the engine is stopped with-out using the ignition switch (forexample, by engine stalling).

Without the vehicle stationary,the electronic parking brake willnot be automatically appliedeven if the engine is turned offwith the ignition switch.

. Before leaving the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the 1 (1st) or R(Reverse) position and check thatthe electronic parking brake in-dicator light is illuminated toconfirm that the electronic park-ing brake is applied. The electro-nic parking brake indicator lightwill remain on for a period of timeafter the driver’s door is locked.

CAUTION

When parking in an area where theoutside temperature is below 32°F(0°C), do not apply the parking braketo prevent it from freezing.For safe parking, place the shift leverin the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) positionand securely block the wheels.

NOTE:. To keep the electronic parking brake

released after the engine is turnedoff, place the ignition switch in theOFF position, depress the brakepedal and push down the parkingbrake switch before opening thedriver’s door.

. If a malfunction occurs in the elec-tronic parking brake system (forexample, due to battery discharge),it is recommended to contact aNISSAN dealer.

. If the shift lever is moved to the P(Park) position when the brake forceis maintained by the automaticbrake hold function, the electronicparking brake will apply automati-cally.

. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastenedwhen the brake force is maintainedby the automatic brake hold func-tion, the electronic parking brakewill apply automatically.

. If the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position when the brake force ismaintained by the automatic brakehold function, the electronic parkingbrake will apply automatically.

Manual operationThe electronic parking brake will not beautomatically applied if the engine isstopped without using the ignition switch(for example, by engine stalling). In such acase, you have to apply the parking brakemanually.To apply: Pull the switch up . Theindicator light will illuminate.To release: With the ignition switch in theON position, depress the brake pedal andpush the switch down . The indicatorlight will turn off.Before driving, check that the electronicparking brake indicator light goesout. For additional information, see“Warning lights, indicator lights and audi-ble reminders” (P.2-10).

NOTE:. A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is

driven without releasing the parkingbrake. See “Audible reminders” (P.2-18).

. While the electronic parking brake isapplied or released, an operatingsound is heard from the lower sideof the rear seat. This is normal anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

. When the electronic parking brake isfrequently applied and released in ashort period of time, the parkingbrake may not operate in order toprevent the parking brake systemfrom overheating. If this occurs,operate the electronic parking brakeswitch again after waiting approxi-mately 1 minute.

. If the electronic parking brake mustbe applied while driving in an emer-gency, pull up and hold the parkingbrake switch. When you release theparking brake switch, the parkingbrake will be released.

. While pulling up the electronic park-ing brake switch during driving, theparking brake is applied and a chimesounds. The electronic parkingbrake indicator light in the meterand in the parking brake switchilluminate. This does not indicate amalfunction. The electronic parking

brake indicator light in the meterand in the parking brake switch turnoff when the parking brake is re-leased.

. When pulling the electronic parkingbrake switch up with the ignitionswitch in the OFF or ACC position,the parking brake switch indicatorlight will continue to illuminate for ashort period of time.

The automatic brake hold function main-tains the braking force without the driverhaving to depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped at a traffic light orintersection. As soon as the driver de-presses the accelerator pedal again, theautomatic brake hold function is deacti-vated and the braking force is released.The operating status of the automaticbrake hold can be displayed on thevehicle information display.

WARNING

. The automatic brake hold func-tion is not designed to hold thevehicle on a steep hill or slipperyroad. Never use the automaticbrake hold when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill or slipperyroad. Failure to do so may causethe vehicle to move.

. When the automatic brake holdfunction is activated but fails tomaintain the vehicle at a stand-still, depress the brake pedal tostop the vehicle. If the vehicleunexpectedly moves due to out-side conditions, the chime maysound and automatic brake holdwarning may illuminate in thevehicle information display.


AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if so equipped)


. Be sure to deactivate the auto-matic brake hold function whenusing a car wash or towing yourvehicle.

. Make sure to place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and applythe parking brake when parkingyour vehicle, riding on or off thevehicle, or loading luggage. Fail-ure to do so could cause thevehicle to move or roll awayunexpectedly and result in ser-ious personal injury or propertydamage.

. If any of the following conditionsoccur, the automatic brake holdfunction may not function. Havethe system checked promptly. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these conditionscould cause the vehicle to moveor roll away unexpectedly andresult in serious personal injuryor property damage.— A warning message appears

in the vehicle information dis-play.

— The indicator light on theautomatic brake hold switch

does not illuminate when theswitch is pushed.

. The automatic brake hold func-tion will not be activated if theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF indicator light, electronicparking brake warning light ormaster warning light illuminateand the Chassis Control SystemError message appears in thevehicle information display.

. To maintain the braking force tokeep the vehicle to a standstill, anoise may be heard. This is not amalfunction.

JVP0497X

HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATETHE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLDFUNCTIONHow to activate the automaticbrake hold function1. With the ignition switch in the ON

position, push the automatic brakehold switch . The indicator light onthe automatic brake hold switchilluminates.

2. When the automatic brake hold func-tion goes into standby, the automaticbrake hold indicator light (white) illu-minates.

To use the automatic brake hold function,

the following conditions need to be met.. The driver’s seat belt is fastened.. The electronic parking brake is re-

leased.. The shift lever is not in the P (Park)

position.. The vehicle is not parked on a steep

hill.NOTE:The automatic brake hold function re-sets to OFF every time the ignitionswitch is switched from the OFF posi-tion to the ON position.How to deactivate the automaticbrake hold functionWhile the automatic brake hold functionis activated, push the automatic brakehold switch to turn off the automaticbrake hold indicator light and deactivatethe automatic brake hold function. Todeactivate the automatic brake holdfunction while the brake force has beenmaintained by the automatic brake holdfunction, depress the brake pedal andpush the automatic brake hold switch.

WARNING

Make sure to firmly depress and holdthe brake pedal when turning off theautomatic brake hold function whilethe brake force is applied. When theautomatic brake hold function isdeactivated, the brake force will bereleased. This could cause the vehi-cle to move or roll away unexpect-edly.Failure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling may result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTIONFor additional information on using theautomatic brake hold function, refer tothe instructions outlined in this section.

To maintain braking force auto-maticallyWith the automatic brake hold functionactivated and the automatic brake holdindicator light (white) illuminated on themeter, depress the braking pedal to stopthe vehicle. The brake force is automati-cally applied without your foot depressedon the brake pedal. While the brake hold is

maintained, the automatic brake holdindicator light (green) illuminates on themeter.

To start the vehicle from a stand-stillWith the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position, depress the acceleratorpedal while the brake force is maintained.The brake force will automatically bereleased to restart the vehicle. The auto-matic brake hold indicator light (white) onthe meter illuminates and the automaticbrake hold returns to standby.

ParkingWhen the shift lever is in the P (Park)position with the brake force maintainedby the automatic brake hold function, theparking brake will automatically be ap-plied and the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released. Theautomatic brake hold indicator light turnsoff. When the parking brake is appliedwith the brake force maintained by theautomatic brake hold function, the brakeforce of the automatic brake hold will bereleased. The automatic brake hold in-dicator light turns off.NOTE:. Under the following conditions, the

parking brake will automatically be



applied and the brake force of theautomatic brake hold will be re-leased:— The braking force is applied by

the automatic brake hold functionfor 3 minutes or longer.

— The driver’s seat belt is unfas-tened.

— The ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

— If a malfunction occurs in theautomatic brake hold function.

. When the vehicle stops, but thebrake force is not automaticallyapplied, depress the brake pedalfirmly until the automatic brake holdindicator light (green) illuminates.

Automatic brake hold function dis-playThe automatic brake hold function statuscan be checked in the “Chassis Control”mode in the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Trip com-puter” (P.2-39).

JVS0185X

The ECO mode system helps to enhancethe fuel economy by controlling theengine and CVT operation (for CVT mod-els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera-tion.To turn on the ECO mode system, pushthe ECO switch. The ECO mode indicatorappears on the meter.To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECOswitch again. The ECO mode indicator willturn off.. The ECO mode system cannot be

turned off while the accelerator pedalis depressed even if the ECO switch ispushed to OFF. Release the accelera-tor pedal to turn off the ECO mode

system.. The ECO mode system will turn off

automatically if a malfunction occursin the system.

. Turn off the ECO mode system whenacceleration is required such as when:— driving with a heavy load of pas-

sengers or cargo in the vehicle— driving on a steep uphill slope

ECO MODE SYSTEM

WAF0142X

ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTIONUse the ECO Pedal Guide function forimproving fuel economy.When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in thegreen range , it indicates that thevehicle is driven within range of economydrive.If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of thegreen range, it indicates that the accel-erator pedal is depressed over the rangeof economy drive.The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayedwhen:. The cruise control system (if so

equipped) is operating.

. The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system (if so equipped) is operating.

. The vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 2 MPH (4 km/h).

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVTmodel), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)position.

To activate or deactivate the ECO PedalGuide function, see “Settings” (P.2-21).

WAF0143X

AMBIENT ECOThe ambient ECO is displayed accord-ing to the accelerator pedal operation,while driving the vehicle in ECO mode.The ambient ECO will illuminate in thedirections of as the driving patternbecomes more ECO friendly.To activate or deactivate the ambientECO, see “Settings” (P.2-21).The ambient ECO is not displayed in thefollowing conditions. The vehicle speed is under 6 MPH (10

km/h).. The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT

model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)



position.. The cruise control system (if so

equipped) is operating.. The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

system (if so equipped) is operating.

JVS1083X

ECO DRIVE REPORTWhen the ignition switch is in the OFFposition, ECO management display ap-pears.

ECO evaluationPrevious 5 times (History)Current fuel economyBest fuel economy

The result of ECO evaluation is displayedwhen the vehicle is driven for about 10minutes or more.: The more economically you drive, the

more appear.: The average fuel economy for the

previous 5 times will be displayed.

: The average fuel economy since thelast reset will be displayed.: The best fuel economy of the past

history will be displayed.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theLDW system could result in seriousinjury or death.. This system is only a warning

device to inform the driver of apotential unintended lane depar-ture. It will not steer the vehicle orprevent loss of control. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehi-cle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

JVS1079X

The LDW systemwarns the driver with theLDW indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay and chime that the vehicle isbeginning to leave the driving lane.The LDW system monitors the lane mar-kers on the traveling lane using thecamera unit located above the insidemirror.


LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)(if so equipped)


JVS1087X

LDW indicator (on the vehicle informationdisplay)Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)Vehicle information display

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system operates at speeds ofapproximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) andabove and when the lane markings areclear. When the vehicle approaches eitherthe left or the right side of the travelinglane, a warning chime will sound and theLDW indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay will blink to alert the driver.The warning function will stop when thevehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

JVS1088X

Vehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDWSYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.1. Press the button until “Set-

tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press “OK”button. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance”. Then press the“OK” button.

2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”button.

3. Use the buttons to navigate in themenu and use the “OK” button toselect or change an item:. Select “Lane (LDW)” and press the

“OK” button.Use the “OK” button to check/uncheck the box for “Warning”.

NOTE:If you disable the LDW system, thesystem will remain disabled the nexttime you start the vehicle’s engine.



LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the LDW system. Failure tofollow the warnings and instructionsfor proper use of the LDW systemcould result in serious injury ordeath.. The system will not operate at

speeds below approximately 37MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannotdetect lane markers.

. Excessive noise will interfere withthe warning chime sound, andthe chime may not be heard.

. Do not use the LDW system underthe following conditions as it maynot function properly:— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.).— When driving on slippery

roads, such as on ice or snow.— When driving on winding or

uneven roads.— When there is a lane closure

due to road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads wherethe lane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normaltire conditions (for example,tire wear, low tire pressure,installation of spare tire, tirechains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake partsor suspension parts.

. The system may not functionproperly under the following con-ditions:— On roads where there are

multiple parallel lanemarkers;lanemarkers that are faded ornot painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinuedlane markers are still detect-able.

— On roads where there aresharp curves.

— On roads where there aresharply contrasting objects,such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams orlines remaining after road re-pairs. (The LDW system coulddetect these items as lanemarkers.)

— On roads where the travelinglane merges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s travelingdirection does not align withthe lane marker.

— When traveling close to thevehicle in front of you, whichobstructs the lane cameraunit detection range.

— When rain, snow, dirt or objectadheres to the windshield infront of the lane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lensor if the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters thelane camera unit. (For exam-ple, the light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle atsunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change inbrightness occurs. (For exam-ple, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or under abridge.)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition A:If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically, the LDW indicatorwill flash and the following message willappear in the vehicle information display.- “Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature”When the interior temperature is reduced,the LDW system will resume operatingautomatically and the LDW indicator willstop flashing.Condition B:The warning function of the LDW systemis not designed to work under the follow-ing conditions:. When you operate the lane change

signal and change traveling lanes inthe direction of the signal. (The LDWsystem will become operable againapproximately 2 seconds after the

lane change signal is turned off.). When the vehicle speed lowers to less

than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).Action to take:After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the LDW system will resume.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically and “Malfunction”will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay. If “Malfunction” appears in thevehicle information display, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop thevehicle. Place the ignition switch in theOFF position and restart the engine. If“Malfunction” continues to appear in thevehicle information display, have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS1079X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for the LDWsystem is located above the inside mirror.To keep the proper operation of the LDWsystem and prevent a system malfunc-tion, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect thecamera unit’s capability of detectingthe lane markers.



. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-LIsystem could result in serious injuryor death.. The I-LI system will not steer the

vehicle or prevent loss of control.It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. The I-LI system is primarily in-tended for use on well-developedfreeways or highways. It may notdetect the lane markers in certainroad, weather, or driving condi-tions.

JVS1079X

The I-LI system warns the driver if thevehicle has left the center of the travelinglane with the I-LI indicator and chime, andhelps assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling laneby applying the brakes to the left or rightwheels individually (for a short period oftime).The I-LI system monitors the lane mar-kers on the traveling lane using thecamera unit located above the insidemirror.

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION(I-LI) (if so equipped)

WAF0078X

I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa-tion display)I-LI indicator (on the vehicle informationdisplay)Vehicle information displayDynamic driver assistance switch* (mod-els without ProPILOT assist)ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro-

PILOT assist)

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-LI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear. When the vehicleapproaches either the left or the rightside of the traveling lane, a warning chimewill sound and the I-LI indicator (orange)on the vehicle information display willblink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LIsystem will automatically apply thebrakes for a short period of time to helpassist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane.To turn on the I-LI system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch (modelswithout ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOTassist switch (models with ProPILOT as-sist) on the steering wheel after startingthe engine. The I-LI ON indicator on thevehicle information display will illuminate.Push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch or the ProPILOT assist switchagain to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LION indicator will turn off.



WAF0139X

Vehicle information displayDynamic driver assistance switch* (mod-els without ProPILOT assist)ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro-PILOT assist)

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LISYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the I-LI system.

For models with ProPILOT assist1. Press the button until “Set-

tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press “OK”button. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance.” Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, usethe buttons to navigate in themenu and use the OK button to selector change an item:. Select “Lane” and press the OK

button.To turn on the I-LI system, use theOK button to check the box for“Prevention (LDP).”

4. Press the ProPILOT assist switch(models with ProPILOT assist) to turnthe system on or off.

NOTE:Turning on the ProPILOT assist system(if so equipped) will turn on the I-LIsystem at the same time. For additional

information, see “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-86).For models without ProPILOT assist1. To turn on the I-LI system, push the

dynamic driver assistance switch onthe instrument panel after startingthe engine.

2. The I-LI ON indicator on the VehicleInformation Display will appear.

3. Push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch again to turn off the I-LIsystem. The I-LI ON indicator on thevehicle information display will turnoff. The I-LI system will be automati-cally turned off when the engine off.

I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the I-LI system. Failure tofollow the warnings and instructionsfor proper use of the I-LI systemcould result in serious injury ordeath.. The I-LI system may activate if

you change lanes without firstactivating your turn signal or, forexample, if a construction zonedirects traffic to cross an existing

lane marker. If this occurs youmay need to apply correctivesteering to complete your lanechange.

. Because the I-LI may not activateunder the road, weather, and lanemarker conditions described inthis section, it may not activateevery time your vehicle begins toleave its lane and you will need toapply corrective steering.

. The I-LI system will not operate atspeeds below approximately 37MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannotdetect lane markers.

. Do not use the I-LI system underthe following conditions as it maynot function properly:— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.).— When driving on slippery

roads, such as on ice or snow.— When driving on winding or

uneven roads.— When there is a lane closure

due to road repairs.— When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane.

— When driving on roads wherethe lane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normaltire conditions (for example,tire wear, low tire pressure,installation of spare tire, tirechains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake partsor suspension parts.

. The system may not functionproperly under the following con-ditions:— On roads where there are

multiple parallel lanemarkers;lanemarkers that are faded ornot painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinuedlane markers are still detect-able.

— On roads where there aresharp curves.

— On roads where there aresharply contrasting objects,such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or



lines remaining after road re-pairs. (The I-LI system coulddetect these items as lanemarkers.)

— On roads where the travelinglane merges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s travelingdirection does not align withthe lane marker.

— When traveling close to thevehicle in front of you, whichobstructs the lane cameraunit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt ad-heres to the windshield infront of the lane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lensor if the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters thelane camera unit. (For exam-ple, the light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle atsunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change inbrightness occurs. (For exam-ple, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or under a

bridge.). Excessive noise will interfere with

the warning chime sound, andthe chime may not be heard.

While the I-LI system is operating, youmay hear a sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that the I-LIsystem is operating properly.SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition A:The warning and assist functions of the I-LI system are not designed to work underthe following conditions:. When you operate the lane change

signal and change the traveling lanesin the direction of the signal. (The I-LIsystem will be deactivated for ap-proximately 2 seconds after the lanechange signal is turned off.)

. When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).

Action to take:After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the warning and assistfunctions will resume.

Condition B:The assist function of the I-LI system isnot designed to work under the followingconditions (warning is still functional):. When the brake pedal is depressed.. When the steering wheel is turned as

far as necessary for the vehicle tochange lanes.

. When the vehicle is accelerated duringthe I-LI system operation.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) approach warning occurs (if soequipped).

. When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

. When driving on a curve at high speed.Action to take:After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the I-LI system application ofthe brakes will resume.Condition C:If the following message appears in thevehicle information display, a chime willsound and the I-LI system will be turnedoff automatically.. "Currently unavailable":

When the VDC system (except Trac-tion Control System (TCS) function) orABS operates or VDC system is turned

off.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, turn off the I-LI system. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch (modelswithout ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOTassist switch (models with ProPILOT as-sist) again to turn the I-LI system back on.Temporary disabled status at high tem-perature:If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and then theI-LI system is turned on, the I-LI systemmay be deactivated automatically andthe following message will appear onthe vehicle information display: “Unavail-able: High Cabin Temperature.” When theinterior temperature is reduced, the sys-tem will resume operating automatically.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-LI system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The I-LI indicator(orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc-tion” warning message will appear in thedisplay.If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates inthe display, pull off the road to a safelocation. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the I-LI indicator (orange)continues to illuminate, have the I-LI

system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS1079X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for the I-LI systemis located above the inside mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of the I-LIsystem and prevent a system malfunc-tion, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including





. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theBSW system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The BSW system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proce-dure and is not designed toprevent contact with vehicles orobjects. When changing lanes, al-ways use the side and rear mir-rors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will moveto ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on theBSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

JVS0649X

The BSW system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

SSD1030Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within thedetection zone shown as illustrated. Thisdetection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends ap-proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m)sideways.



WAF0079X

Side indicator lightVehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side in-dicator light flashes. The side indicatorlight continues to flash until the detectedvehicle leaves the detection zone.The side indicator light illuminates for afew seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.The brightness of the side indicator lightis adjusted automatically depending onthe brightness of the ambient light.If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side indicator light flashesand no chime sounds. For additionalinformation, refer to “BSW driving situa-tions” (P.5-51).

WAF0140X


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSWSYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.1. Press the button until “Set-



3. Use the buttons to navigate in themenu and use the “OK” button toselect or change an item.. Select “Blind Spot” and press the

“OK” button.Use the “OK” button to check/uncheck the box for “Warning.”

NOTE:The system will retain current settingsin the vehicle information display evenif the engine is restarted.



BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the BSW system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The BSW system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensors may not be

able to detect and activate BSWwhen certain objects are presentsuch as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.— Vehicles such as motorcycles,

low height vehicles, or highground clearance vehicles.

— Oncoming vehicles.— Vehicles remaining in the de-

tection zone when you accel-erate from a stop.

— A vehicle merging into anadjacent lane at a speed ap-proximately the same as yourvehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicleovertakes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes throughthe detection zone quickly.

— When overtaking several vehi-cles in a row, the vehicles afterthe first vehicle may not bedetected if they are travelingclose together.

. The radar sensor’s detection zoneis designed based on a standardlane width. When driving in awider lane, the radar sensorsmay not detect vehicles in anadjacent lane. When driving in anarrow lane, the radar sensorsmay detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

. The radar sensors are designedto ignore most stationary objects,however objects such as guard-rails, walls, foliage and parkedvehicles may occasionally be de-tected. This is a normal operationcondition.

. The following conditions may re-duce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles:

— Severe weather— Road spray— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the

vehicle. Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install ac-cessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.These conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

. Excessive noise (for example,audio system volume, open vehi-cle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not beheard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737XIllustration 1 – Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738XIllustration 2 – Approaching from behind

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect

vehicles which are approaching ra-pidly from behind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.



JVS0739XIllustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator lightilluminates if you overtake a vehicle andthat vehicle stays in the detection zonefor approximately 2 seconds.

JVS0740XIllustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in

a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if theyare traveling close together.

. The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when

the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0741XIllustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from either side.

JVS0742XIllustration 6 – Entering from the side

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at aboutthe same speed as your vehiclewhen it enters the detection zone.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.



JVS1090X

Vehicle information display

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the BSWsystem will be turned off automatically, achime will sound and the “Unavailable:Side Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display .The system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.NOTE:If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the system will resume automati-cally.If the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruc-tion” warning message continues to ap-pear, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the BSW system malfunctions, it willbe turned off automatically and thesystemmalfunction warningmessage willappear in the vehicle information display.NOTE:If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turnthe engine off and restart the engine. Ifthe message continues to appear, havethe BSW system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

JVS0649X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the radar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or

apply additional paint near the radarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors.See a NISSAN dealer or other authorizedrepair shop if the area around the radarsensors is damaged due to a collision.Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC : OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipmentFor CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may not



cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theRCTA system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The RCTA system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proce-dures and is not designed toprevent contact with vehicles orobjects. When backing out of aparking space, always use theside and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction yourvehicle will move. Never rely so-lely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you whenbacking out from a parking space. Whenthe vehicle is in reverse, the system isdesigned to detect other vehicles ap-proaching from the right or left of thevehicle. If the system detects cross traffic,it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

JVS0953X

Side indicator lightVehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RCTA system can help alert the driverof an approaching vehicle when thedriver is backing out of a parking space.When the shift position is in R (Reverse)and the vehicle speed is less than ap-proximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTAsystem is operational.If the radar detects an approachingvehicle from either side, the systemchimes (once) and the side indicator lightflashes on the side the vehicle is ap-proaching from.



JVS0173X

JVS0649X

The RCTA system uses radar sensorsinstalled on both sides near the rearbumper to detect an approaching vehicle.The radar sensors can detect anapproaching vehicle from up to approxi-mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JVS0942X


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the RCTA system.1. Press the button until “Set-


2. Use the button to select “Parking Aids”then press the OK button.

3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the“OK” button.

4. Use the “OK” button to enable ordisable the system.

NOTE:The system setting will be retainedeven if the engine is restarted.



JVS0479X

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the RCTA system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. Always check surroundings and

turn to check what is behind youbefore backing up. The radarsensors detect approaching(moving) vehicles. The radar sen-sors cannot detect every objectsuch as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-

cycles, animals or child-oper-ated toy vehicles

— A vehicle that is passing atspeeds greater than approxi-mately 19 MPH (30 km/h)

— A vehicle that is passing atspeeds lower than approxi-mately 5 MPH (8 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certainsituations:

— Illustration : When a vehicleparked next to you obstructsthe beam of the radar sensor.

— Illustration : When the vehi-cle is parked in an angledparking space.

— Illustration : When the vehi-cle is parked on inclinedground.

— Illustration : When an ap-proaching vehicle turns intoyour vehicle’s parking lot aisle.

— Illustration : When the angleformed by your vehicle andapproaching vehicle is small

. The following conditions may re-duce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles:— Severe weather— Road spray— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the

vehicle. Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install ac-cessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.These conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles

. Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys-tem volume, open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not beheard.

JVS0172XIllustration 1

JVS0173XIllustration 2



NOTE:In the case of several vehicles ap-proaching in a row (Illustration 1) or inthe opposite direction (Illustration 2), achime may not be sounded by the RCTAsystem after the first vehicle passes thesensors.

JVS1090X

Vehicle information display

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, thesystem will be deactivated automatically.The “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.The systems are not available until theconditions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.NOTE:If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the system will resume automati-cally.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, itwill turn off automatically. The systemmalfunction warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

NOTE:If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turnthe engine off and restart the engine. Ifthe message continues to appear, havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

JVS0649X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the RCTAsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the radar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or



apply additional paint near the radarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the areaaround the radar sensors is damageddue to a collision.Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC : OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipmentFor CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwatts

JVS1005X

1. RES/+ switch2. CANCEL switch3. SET/- switch4. Cruise ON/OFF switch

WARNING

. Always observe the posted speedlimits and do not set the speedover them.

. Do not use the cruise controlwhen driving under the followingconditions. Doing so could causea loss of vehicle control and resultin an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

— When it is not possible to keepthe vehicle at a constantspeed

— When driving in heavy traffic— When driving in traffic that

varies speed— When driving in windy areas— When driving on winding or

hilly roads— When driving on slippery (rain,

snow, ice, etc.) roads

CAUTION

On Manual Transmission (MT) model,do not shift to the N (Neutral) posi-tion without depressing the clutchpedal when the cruise control isoperated. Should this occur, depressthe clutch pedal and turn the CruiseON/OFF switch off immediately. Fail-ure to do so may cause enginedamage.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL. If the cruise control system malfunc-

tions, it will cancel automatically. TheCRUISE indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display will then blink to warnthe driver.

. If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn theCruise ON/OFF switch off and havethe system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. The CRUISE indicator may blink whenthe Cruise ON/OFF switch is turnedON while pushing the RES/+, SET/-, orCANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform thefollowing procedures.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving atspeeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.The cruise control will automatically becanceled if the vehicle slows down morethan approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h)below the set speed.Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position will cancel the cruise control.

Turning on cruise controlPush the Cruise ON/OFF switch. TheCRUISE indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display will appear.

Setting cruising speed1. Accelerate to the desired speed.2. Push the SET/- switch and release it.3. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal.The vehicle will maintain the set speed.

Passing another vehicle:Depress the accelerator pedal to accel-erate. After releasing the acceleratorpedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-viously set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.In such cases, drive without the cruisecontrol.

Resetting to slower speed:Use any one of the following methods toreset to a slower speed.. Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When

the vehicle reaches the desired speed,push and release the SET/- switch.

. Push and hold the SET/- switch. Whenthe vehicle reaches the desired speed,release the SET- switch.



. Quickly push and release the SET/-switch. This will reduce the vehiclespeed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Resetting to faster speed:Use any one of the following methods toreset to a faster speed.. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle reaches the desired speed,push and release the SET/- switch.

. Push and hold the RES/+switch. Whenthe vehicle reaches the desired speed,release the RES/+ switch.

. Quickly push and release the RES/+switch. This will increase the vehiclespeed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Resuming at preset speed:Push and release the RES/+ switch.The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speed when the vehicle speed isover 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Cancelling cruising speedUse any one of the following methods tocancel the set speed.. Push the CANCEL switch.. Tap the foot brake pedal.. Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The

CRUISE indicator will turn off.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injuryor death.. ICC is not a collision avoidance or

warning device. For highway useonly and it is not intended forcongested areas or city driving.Failure to apply the brakes couldresult in an accident.

. The ICC system is only an aid toassist the driver. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

. Always observe posted speedlimits and do not set the speedover them.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using either cruisecontrol mode. Read and under-stand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the cruisecontrol. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on thesystem to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not use

cruise control except in appropri-ate road and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime will not sound to warn youif you are too close to the vehicleahead. Pay special attention tothe distance between your vehi-cle and the vehicle ahead of youor a collision could occur.

NOTE:For vehicles equipped with ProPILOTassist, refer to “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-86).The ICC system maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of youwithin the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0to 144 km/h) up to the set speed.The set speed can be selected by thedriver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144km/h).The vehicle travels at a set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode:For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (models without ProPILOTassist) (if so equipped)

in front of you up to the preset speed.. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-

trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed.

WAF0144X

Displays and indicatorsICC switchesCruise ON/OFF switch

Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch tochoose the cruise control mode betweenthe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode and the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.

Once a control mode is activated, itcannot be changed to the other cruisecontrol mode. To change the mode, pushthe Cruise ON/OFF switch once to turnthe system off. Then push the Cruise ON/OFF switch again to turn the systemback on and select the desired cruisecontrol mode.



Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode” (P.5-68).For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-82).

WAF0145X

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CON-TROL MODESelecting the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control modeTo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode , quickly push and releasethe Cruise ON/OFF switch .

Selecting the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode , push and hold theCruise ON/OFF switch for longer thanapproximately 1.5 seconds. See “Conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode”

(P.5-82).VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automaticallymaintains a selected distance from thevehicle traveling in front of you accordingto that vehicle’s speed (up to the setspeed), or at the set speed when the roadahead is clear.

JVS1041X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up toapproximately 40% of vehicle brakingpower) if necessary.The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operationThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead. The system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up toapproximately 40% of the vehicle’s totalbraking power. This system should onlybe used when traffic conditions allowvehicle speeds to remain fairly constantor when vehicle speeds change gradually.If a vehicle moves into the traveling laneahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theICC system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the ICCsystem will sound a warning chime andblink the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead. The systemwill also disengage when the vehicle goesabove the maximum set speed.See “Approach warning” (P.5-76).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:. When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isthe following speed.— 20 and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h)

. When there is a vehicle travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected bydriver, from the vehicle ahead. Theadjusting speed range is up to the setspeed. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of thesystem. The system will cancel once itjudges a standstill with a warningchime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operationto maintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.



SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a setspeed and approaching a slower travelingvehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjustthe speed to maintain the distance,selected by the driver, from the vehicleahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanesor exits the freeway, the ICC system willaccelerate and maintain the speed up tothe set speed. Pay attention to the drivingoperation to maintain control of thevehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thisoccurs, you will have to manually controlthe vehicle speed.Normally when controlling the distance to

a vehicle ahead, this system automati-cally accelerates or decelerates your ve-hicle according to the speed of thevehicle ahead. Depress the acceleratorto properly accelerate your vehicle whenacceleration is required for a lane change.Depress the brake pedal when decelera-tion is required to maintain a safe dis-tance to the vehicle ahead due to itssudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

JVS0957X

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switchesThe system is operated by a CRUISE ON/OFF switch and four control switches, allmounted on the steering wheel.1. RES/+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

3. SET/- switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:. Long. Middle. Short

WAF0146X

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. This indicator indicates the ICC sys-

tem status depending on a color.. ICC system ON indicator (gray):

Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFFswitch is ON.

. ICC system set indicator (green):Indicates that cruising speed is set

. ICC system warning (yellow):Indicates that there is a malfunc-tion in the ICC system.

2. Set distance indicator:Displays the selected distance be-tween vehicles set with the DISTANCEswitch.

3. Set vehicle speed indicator:Indicates the set vehicle speed.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.



WAF0147X

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quicklypush and release the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch . The ICC system ON indicator(grey), set distance indicator and setvehicle speed indicator come on and ina standby state for setting.

WAF0148X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/- switch and release it. (The ICCsystem set indicator (green), vehicleahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintainthe set speed.When the SET/- switch is pushed underthe following conditions, the system can-not be set and the ICC indicators will blinkfor approximately 2 seconds:. When traveling below 20 MPH (32

km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

When the SET/- switch is pushed underthe following conditions, the system can-not be set.A warning chime will sound and a mes-sage will pop up:. When the VDC system is off (To use

the ICC system, turn on the VDCsystem. Push the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch to turn off the ICC system andreset the ICC system by pushing theCRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)For additional information about theVDC system, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” (P.5-147).

. When VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use theICC system, make sure the wheels areno longer slipping.)

WAF0135X

System set display with vehicle aheadSystem set display without vehicle ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the laneahead.The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates thevehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speedof a slower vehicle ahead. The systemthen controls the vehicle speed based on

the speed of the vehicle ahead to main-tain the driver selected distance.NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come

on when braking is performed bythe ICC system.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay be heard. This is not a malfunc-tion.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comeson. The ICC system will also display theset speed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:When a vehicle is no longer detected

ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the pre-viously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turnsoff.If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or anytime the ICC system is in operation, thesystem controls the distance to thatvehicle.When a vehicle is no longer detectedunder approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h),the system will be canceled.



JVS1073X

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when thevehicle speed exceeds the set speed. Thevehicle detect indicator will turn off whenthe area ahead of the vehicle is open.When the pedal is released, the vehicle willreturn to the previously set speed.Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress theaccelerator pedal when it is necessary toaccelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:. Push the CANCEL switch. The set

vehicle speed indicator will go out.. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off.

The ICC indicators will go out.To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/- switch.

. Push and hold the RES/+ switch. Theset vehicle speed will increase byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).

. Push, then quickly release the RES/+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately 1MPH (1 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/- switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/- switch. Theset vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).

. Push, then quickly release the SET/-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately1 MPH (1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES/+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 20 MPH (32km/h).

JVS0965X

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

JVS1093X

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehiclespeed. The higher the vehicle speed,the longer the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long”. (Each timethe engine is started, the initial settingbecomes “long”.)



Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand ICC system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:. The chime sounds.. The vehicle ahead detection indicator

blinks.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short dis-tance between vehicles. Some examplesare:. When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance be-tween vehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near yourvehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:. Your vehicle approaches other vehi-

cles that are parked or moving slowly.. The accelerator pedal is depressed,

overriding the system.

NOTE:The approach warning chime maysound and the system display mayblink when the radar sensor detectsobjects on the side of the vehicle or onthe side of the road. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads,hilly roads or when entering or exiting acurve. In these cases you will have tomanually control the proper distanceahead of your vehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or driving position in the lane)or traffic or vehicle condition (for example,if a vehicle is being driven with somedamage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the followingconditions and the control is automati-cally canceled.. When the vehicle ahead is not de-

tected and your vehicle is travelingbelow the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat standstill

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) position or manual shift mode


. When the VDC system is turned off

. When VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion ofdirt or obstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the ICC system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, openroads with light traffic. It is notadvisable to use the system incity traffic or congested areas.

. This system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. Thissystem should be used in evenlyflowing traffic. Do not use thesystem on roads with sharp

curves, or on icy roads, in heavyrain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit tothe distance control function,never rely solely on the ICC sys-tem. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or otherbad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, depending on thedistance to the vehicle aheadand the surrounding circum-stances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations ofthe system. The system will can-cel once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To pre-vent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brakepedal.

. Always pay attention to the op-eration of the vehicle and beready to manually control theproper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode of the ICC system may

not be able to maintain the se-lected distance between vehicles(following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some cir-cumstances.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certainroad or weather conditions. Toavoid accidents, never use the ICCsystem under the following con-ditions:— On roads where the traffic is

heavy or there are sharpcurves

— On slippery road surfacessuch as on ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhereto the system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequentbraking may result in over-heating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and down-hill roads

— When traffic conditions makeit difficult to keep a proper

distance between vehicles be-cause of frequent accelera-tion or deceleration

— Interference by other radarsources.

. In some road or traffic conditions,a vehicle or object can unexpect-edly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automaticbraking. You may need to controlthe distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Al-ways stay alert and avoid usingthe ICC system when it is notrecommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:. Stationary and slow moving vehicles. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane. Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel laneThe sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. There-fore, if the sensor cannot detect thereflection from the vehicle ahead, theICC system may not maintain the se-lected distance.The following are some conditions in



which the sensor cannot detect thesignals:. When the snow or road spray from

traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the cargoarea of your vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitation of the system. When thesensor is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the ICC system may not detect them.In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not canceland may not be able to maintain theselected following distance from the ve-hicle ahead. Be sure to check and cleanthe sensor regularly.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the center-line of the lane. A vehicle that is enteringthe lane ahead may not be detected untilthe vehicle has completely moved intothe lane. If this occurs, the ICC systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime. Thedriver may have to manually control the

proper distance away from vehicle tra-veling ahead.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theradar sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerateor accelerate the vehicle.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travel-

ing ahead.

System temporarily unavailableThe following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Condition A:Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. A chimewill sound and the system will not be ableto be set:. When the VDC is turned off. When the VDC (including the traction

control system) operates. When a vehicle ahead is not detected

and your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat a standstill



. When a tire slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the ICC system backon to use the system.



JVS1074X

Condition B:The chime will sound and the “Unavail-able: Front Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.. When the radar sensor area is covered

with dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the ICC system is automatically can-celed.

Action to take:If the warning message appears, park thevehicle in a safe place and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area andrestart the engine. If the “Unavailable:

Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage continues to be displayed, have theICC system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls), thesystem may display the "Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction" message.

Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the ICC system backon to use the system. JVS0968X

Condition C:When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning (yellow) will appear.Action to take:If the warning appears, park the vehicle ina safe place. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine, resume driving and set theICC system again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe warning stays on, it may indicatethat the ICC system is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-

vice.

JVS1041X

System maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system islocated on the front of the vehicle.To keep the ICC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not cover or attach stickers or

similar objects near the sensor area.This could cause failure or malfunc-tion.

. Do not attach metallic objects nearthe sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunc-

tion.. Do not alter, remove or paint the front

bumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC : OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipmentFor CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesired



operation of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwattsCONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 km/h to 144km/h) without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime does not sound to warnyou if you are too close to thevehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead northe vehicle-to-vehicle distance isdetected.

. Pay special attention to the dis-tance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or acollision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in theICC system display.

. Do not use the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control modewhen driving under the followingconditions:

— when it is not possible to keepthe vehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in trafficthat varies in speed

— on winding or hilly roads— on slippery roads (rain, snow,

ice, etc.)— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in anaccident.

JVS0999XType A

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches1. RES/+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

3. SET/- switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system.

WAF0151X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-torsThe display is located in the vehicleinformation display.1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the conditionof ICC system depending on a color.. Cruise control ON indicator (gray):

Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFFswitch is ON.

. Cruise control set indicator (green):Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode

of the ICC system.. Cruise system warning (yellow):

Indicates that there is a malfunc-tion in the ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed.

WAF0152X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, push andhold the Cruise ON/OFF switch forlonger than about 1.5 seconds.When pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switchon, the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators aredisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play. After you hold the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the ICC system display goesout. The cruise indicator appears. Youcan now set your desired cruising speed.Pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again



will turn the system completely off.When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position, the system is also automa-tically turned off.To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch(vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode) or push and hold it (conventionalcruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engagingcruise control, make sure to turnthe CRUISE ON/OFF switch off whennot using the ICC system.

WAF0153X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/- switch and release it. (The colorof the cruise indicator changes to greenand set vehicle speed indicator comeson.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.. To pass another vehicle, depress the

accelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthe following methods:1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.3. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off.

Both the cruise indicator and setvehicle speed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES/+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES/+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET/- switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET/-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES/+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40km/h).

System temporarily unavailableA chime sounds under the followingconditions and the control is automati-cally canceled.. When the vehicle slows down more

than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed


. When the parking brake is applied.

. When the VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When a wheel slips

JVS1003X

WarningWhen the system is not operating prop-erly, the chime sounds and the color ofthe cruise indicator will change to yellow.Action to take:If the color of the cruise indicator changesto yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place.Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and then perform thesetting again.If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSAN

dealer for this service.



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theProPILOT assist system could resultin serious injury or death.. ProPILOT assist is not a self-driv-

ing system. Within the limits of itscapabilities, as described in thismanual, it helps the driver withcertain driving activities.

. The ProPILOT assist system is nota replacement for proper drivingprocedures and is not designedto correct careless, inattentive orabsentminded driving. ProPILOTassist will not always steer thevehicle to keep it in the lane. TheProPILOT assist system is notdesigned to prevent loss of con-trol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keepthe vehicle in the traveling lane,and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

. There are limitations to the Pro-PILOT assist system capability.The ProPILOT assist system doesnot function in all driving, traffic,weather, and road conditions. It is

the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehi-cle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

. The ProPILOT assist system isonly an aid to assist the driverand is not a collision warning oravoidance device.

. The ProPILOT assist system is forhighway use only and is notintended for city driving. Failureto apply the brakes or steer thevehicle when necessary may re-sult in a serious accident.


. Never take your hands off thesteering wheel when driving. Al-ways keep your hands on thesteering wheel and drive yourvehicle safely.

. Never unfasten your safety beltwhen using ProPILOT assist.Doing so automatically cancelsthe ProPILOT assist system.

. The ProPILOT assist system doesnot react to stationary and slowmoving vehicles.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the ProPILOTassist system. Read and under-stand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ProPILOTassist system. To avoid seriousinjury or death, do not rely on thesystem to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do notuse the ProPILOT assist systemexcept in appropriate road andtraffic conditions.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

JVS1042X

The ProPILOT assist system is intended toenhance the operation of the vehiclewhen following a vehicle traveling in thesame lane and direction.The ProPILOT assist system uses a multi-sensing front camera installed behindthe windshield and a radar sensor locatedon the front of the vehicle to measurethe distance to the vehicle ahead in thesame lane and to monitor the lanemarkers. If the vehicle detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance. The system will alsohelp keep the vehicle centered in thetraveling lane when clear lane markings

are detected.



WAF0046X

Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)Vehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted control (right)ProPILOT assist switchSteering assist switch

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA-TIONThe ProPILOT assist system has thefollowing two functions:

1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-

trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed

NOTE:Steering Assist is not available in theconventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode.. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode:The ICC system maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front ofyou within the speed range of 0 to 90MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the setspeed. The set speed can be selectedby the driver between 20 to 90 MPH(32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicleahead slows to a stop, your vehiclegradually decelerates to a standstill.When the vehicle is stopped, the ICCsystem maintains braking force tokeep your vehicle stopped.

NOTE:When your vehicle is stopped for lessthan 3 seconds and the vehicle aheadbegins to move, your vehicle will startmoving again automatically.. When your vehicle is at a standstill for

more than 3 seconds and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress theaccelerator pedal. The ICC systemstarts to follow the vehicle ahead.

. When no vehicle is detected aheadwithin the driver selected distance, thevehicle travels at the speed set by thedriver. The speed must be above 20MPH (32 km/h) to use this function.

NOTE:Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) setting is turned off by thedriver using the “Settings” menu in thevehicle information display, AEB will beautomatically turned on when ICC isused.2. Steering assistThe steering assist function controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclewithin the traveling lane.When there is no vehicle ahead, steeringassist is not available at speeds under 37MPH (60 km/h).

WAF0047X

PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES1. DISTANCE switch:

. Long

. Middle

. Short2. RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the ProPILOT assist sys-tem

4. ProPILOT assist switch:Turns the ProPILOT assist system onor off

5. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

6. Steering assist switch:Turns the steering assist function onor off



WAF0049X

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAYAND INDICATORS1. Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectslane markers. No lane markers displayed: Steering

assist is turned offLane marker indicator (gray): Nolane markers detected

— Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

— Lane marker indicator (yellow):Lane departure is detected

2. Set distance indicatorDisplays the selected distance

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicatorIndicates whether the system detectsa vehicle in front of you

4. Steering assist indicatorIndicates the status of the Steeringassist function by the color of theindicator. Steering assist indicator (gray):

Steering assist standby. Steering assist indicator (green):

Steering assist active. Steering assist indicator (orange):

Steering assist malfunction5. ProPILOT assist activation

Displays once the ProPILOT assistsystem is activated

6. Steering assist status indicator/warn-ingDisplays the status of the Steeringassist by the color of the indicator/warning. No Steering assist status indicator

displayed: Steering assist is turnedoffSteering assist status indicator(gray): Steering assist standby

— Steering assist status indicator(green): Steering assist active

— Steering assist status indicator (or-ange): Steering assist malfunction

7. Speed control status indicator/warn-ingDisplays the status of speed control bythe color and shape of the indicator/warning. Speed control status indicator/

warning (gray): ICC standby. Speed control status indicator/

warning (solid green ): ICC (dis-tance control mode) is active (ve-hicle detected ahead). Your vehiclematches the speed of the vehicleahead.

. Speed control status indicator/warning (green outline ): ICC(maintain speed control mode) isactive (no vehicle detected ahead).Your vehicle maintains the driver-selected set speed.

. Speed control status indicator/warning (orange): Indicates an ICCmalfunction

8. Set vehicle speed indicatorIndicates the set vehicle speed

9. ProPILOT assist status indicatorIndicates the status of the ProPILOT

assist system by the color of theindicator. ProPILOT assist status indicator

(white): ProPILOT assist is on butin standby.

. ProPILOT assist status indicator(blue): ProPILOT assist active

TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROLMODE ONNOTE:ProPILOT assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steer-ing assist in the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode.To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theProPILOT assist switch for longer thanapproximately 1.5 seconds. For additionalinformation, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-112).

WAF0050X

OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when

shaded and Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI) when solid

3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)



WAF0051X

1. Push the ProPILOT assist switch .This turns on the ProPILOT assistsystem.

2. A screen is displayed for a period oftime that indicates the status of theDriving Aid functions.

. AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabledwhen the specified Driving Aid isshaded.

. I-LI is enabled when the Driving Aidis solid.

. To change the status of the DrivingAids, use the or to navigate thesettings screen. For additional in-

formation, see “How to use thevehicle information display” (P.2-20).

3. The status of the ProPILOT assistsystem is displayed in the vehicleinformation display .

4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicleto the desired speed.

5. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOTassist system begins to automaticallymaintain the set speed. The ProPILOTassist activation indicator and Pro-PILOT assist status indicator illumi-nate (blue). When a vehicle ahead istraveling at a speed of 20 MPH (32km/h) or below and the SET- switch ispushed, the set speed of your vehicleis 20 MPH (32 km/h).

NOTE:When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected inthe settings menu, turning the ProPILOTassist system on will activate the I-LIsystem at the same time. For additionalinformation, see “Intelligent Lane Inter-vention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).

WAF0052X

When the SET- switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the ProPILOT assistsystem cannot be set and the set vehiclespeed indicator blinks for approxi-mately 2 seconds:. When traveling below 20 MPH (32

km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) position or manual shift mode


. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

. When the VDC system is off. Foradditional information, see “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-

147).. When the VDC system (including the

traction control system) is operating. When a wheel is slipping. When any door is open. When the driver’s seat belt is not

fastened

How to change the set vehiclespeedThe set vehicle speed can be adjusted.To change to a faster cruising speed:. Push and hold the RES+ switch. The

set vehicle speed increases by ap-proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).

. Push, then quickly release, the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by approximately 1MPH (1 km/h).

To change to a slower cruising speed:. Push and hold the SET- switch. The

set vehicle speed decreases by ap-proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).

. Push, then quickly release, the SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by approximately 1MPH (1 km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate ordecelerate. Depress the accelerator pedal when

acceleration is required. Release theaccelerator pedal to resume the pre-viously set vehicle speed.

. Depress the brake pedal when decel-eration is required. Control by theProPILOT Assist system is canceled.Push the RES+ switch to resume thepreviously set vehicle speed.

WARNING

When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed and you are approachingthe vehicle ahead, the ICC systemwill neither control the brake norwarn the driver with the chime anddisplay. The driver must manuallycontrol the vehicle speed to maintaina safe distance to the vehicle ahead.Failure to do so could result in severepersonal injury or death.

NOTE:When you accelerate by depressing theaccelerator pedal or decelerate bypushing the SET- switch and the vehicletravels faster than the speed set by thedriver, the set speed vehicle indicator



will blink.

WAF0053X

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time.Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change to“long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long”again in that sequence.

WAF0054X

. The distance to the vehicle aheadchanges automatically according tothe vehicle speed. The higher thevehicle speed, the longer the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long.” (Each timethe engine is started, the initial settingbecomes “long.”)

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESTEERING ASSISTUse the following methods to enable ordisable the steering assist.



WAF0055X

1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)2. Vehicle information display3. Steering assist switchNOTE:. When the steering assist switch is

used to turn the system on or off,the system remembers the setting

even if the ignition switch is cycled.The switch must be pushed again tochange the setting to on or off.

. The steering assist switch changesthe status of the “Steering Assist”selection made in the “Settings”screen in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Steering assist switch:To turn the steering assist on or off, pushthe steering assist switch on theinstrument panel.Setting in the vehicle information dis-play:1. Press the button on the

steering wheel until “Settings” ap-pears in the vehicle information dis-play and then press “OK” button.

2. Use the button to select “DriverAssistance.” Then press the “OK” but-ton .

3. Use the button to select “DrivingAids.” Then press the “OK” button .

4. Select “Steering Assist” and press the“OK” button .

NOTE:. When the Cruise screen is displayed

on the vehicle information display,press the “OK” button on the steer-ing wheel to call up the “Driving Aids”setting display.

. When enabling/disabling the systemthrough the vehicle information dis-play, the system retains the currentsettings even if the engine is re-started.

HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOTASSIST SYSTEMTo cancel the ProPILOT assist system, useone of the following methods:. Push the CANCEL switch.. Tap the brake pedal (except at a

standstill).. Push the ProPILOT assist switch to

turn the system off. The ProPILOTassist status indicator will turn off.

When the ProPILOT assist system iscanceled while the vehicle is stopped,the electronic parking brake is automati-cally activated.

WARNING

To prevent the vehicle from movingor rolling unexpectedly, which couldresult in serious personal injury orproperty damage, before exiting thevehicle make sure to push the Pro-PILOT assist switch to turn the sys-tem off, place the shift lever in the P(Park) position, and turn the engineoff.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (models with ProPILOT assist)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injuryor death.. The ICC system is only an aid to

assist the driver and is not acollision warning or avoidancedevice. It is recommended forhighway use only and it is notintended for city driving. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, and be in con-trol of the vehicle at all times.

. There are limitations to the ICCsystem capability. The ICC systemdoes not function in all driving,traffic, weather, and road condi-tions. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the travelinglane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.


. The ICC system does not react tostationary and slow moving vehi-cles.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the ICC system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before usingthe ICC system. To avoid seriousinjury or death, do not rely on thesystem to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do notuse the ICC system except inappropriate road and traffic con-ditions.

ICC system operationThe ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance from the vehicle in frontof you and can reduce the speed tomatch a slower vehicle ahead. The sys-tem decelerates the vehicle as necessaryand if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.However, the ICC system can only applyup to 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower. This system should only be usedwhen traffic conditions allow vehiclespeeds to remain fairly constant or whenvehicle speeds change gradually. If avehicle moves into the traveling lane



ahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theICC system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the ICCsystem sounds a warning chime andblinks the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.The ICC system cancels and a warningchime sounds if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead.The ICC system operates as follows:. When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the ICC system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The set speedrange is between approximately 20and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle travelingahead, the ICC system adjusts thespeed to maintain the distance, se-lected by the driver, from the vehicleahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill. Once your vehicle stops,the ICC system keeps the vehiclestopped.

. When your vehicle is stopped for lessthan 3 seconds and the vehicle aheadbegins to move, your vehicle will startmoving again automatically.

. When your vehicle is at a standstill formore than 3 seconds and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress theaccelerator pedal. The ICC systemstarts to follow the vehicle ahead.

. When the vehicle traveling aheadmoves to a different traveling lane,the ICC system accelerates and main-tains vehicle speed up to the setspeed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operationto maintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a setspeed and approaching a slower travelingvehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts thespeed to maintain the distance, selectedby the driver, from the vehicle ahead. Ifthe vehicle ahead changes lanes or exitsthe freeway, the ICC system acceleratesand maintains the speed up to the setspeed. Pay attention to the driving opera-tion to maintain control of the vehicle asit accelerates to the set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thisoccurs, you will have to manually controlthe vehicle speed.Normally when controlling the distance to

a vehicle ahead, the system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicleaccording to the speed of the vehicleahead.Depress the accelerator to properly ac-celerate your vehicle when acceleration isrequired for a lane change. Depress thebrake pedal when deceleration is requiredto maintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert whenusing the ICC system.

WAF0057XSystem set display with no vehicle detected ahead

No vehicle detected ahead:The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the laneahead. The ICC system displays the setspeed.

WAF0058XSystem set display with vehicle ahead

Vehicle detected ahead:When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates thevehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speedof a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC systemthen controls the vehicle speed based onthe speed of the vehicle ahead to main-tain the driver selected distance.NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come

on when braking is performed bythe ICC system.

. When the brake is applied by thesystem, a noisemay be heard. This isnot a malfunction.



When the ICC system detects a vehicleahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi-cator and the speed control status in-d icator (d is tance contro l mode)illuminates (solid green ).

Vehicle ahead stops:When the vehicle ahead decelerates tostop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand-still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICCsystem automatically applies the brakesto keep the vehicle stopped. When yourvehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Pressto start” message is displayed on thevehicle information display.NOTE:When your vehicle stops for less than 3seconds, your vehicle will automaticallyfollow the vehicle as it accelerates froma stop.Vehicle ahead accelerates:When your vehicle is stopped and thevehicle ahead begins to accelerate, pushthe RES+ switch or lightly depress theaccelerator pedal. The ICC system startsto follow the vehicle ahead.

Vehicle ahead not detected:When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the pre-viously set vehicle speed. The ICC

system then maintains the set speed.When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turnsoff and speed control status indicator(maintain speed control mode) illumi-nates (green outline ).The ICC system gradually accelerates tothe set speed, but you can depress theaccelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.When a vehicle is no longer detected andyour vehicle is traveling under approxi-mately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the ICC systemautomatically cancels.

WAF0059X

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator flashes when thevehicle speed exceeds the set speed.The vehicle ahead detection indicatorturns off when the area ahead of thevehicle is open. When the pedal is re-leased, the vehicle returns to the pre-viously set speed. Even though yourvehicle speed is set in the ICC system,you can depress the accelerator pedalwhen it is necessary to accelerate yourvehicle rapidly.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand ICC system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:. The chime sounds.. The vehicle ahead detection indicator

and set distance indicator blink.. You judge it necessary to maintain a

safe distance.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short dis-tance between vehicles. Some examplesare:. When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance be-tween vehicles is not changing.

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing.

. When a vehicle cuts in near yourvehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:. Your vehicle approaches other vehi-

cles that are parked or moving slowly.. The accelerator pedal is depressed,

overriding the system.

NOTE:The approach warning chime maysound and the system display mayflash when the radar sensor detectsobjects on the side of the vehicle or onthe side of the road. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding, narrow, or hilly roadsor when the vehicle is entering orexiting a curve. In these cases, you willhave to manually control the properdistance ahead of your vehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or driving position in thelane) or traffic or vehicle conditions(for example, if a vehicle is being drivenwith some damage).ICC system limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the ICC system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death:

. The ICC system is primarily in-tended for use on straight, dry,open roads with light traffic. It isnot advisable to use the ICCsystem in city traffic or congestedareas.

. The ICC system will not adaptautomatically to road conditions.This system should be used inevenly flowing traffic. Do not usethe system on roads with sharpcurves or on icy roads, in heavyrain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit tothe distance control function,never rely solely on the ICC sys-tem. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-minded driving or overcome poorvisibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehiclespeed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distanceto the vehicle ahead and thesurrounding circumstances in or-der to maintain a safe distancebetween vehicles.

. When the ICC system automati-cally brings the vehicle to a stop,your vehicle can automaticallyaccelerate if the vehicle isstopped for less than approxi-



mately 3 seconds. Be prepared tostop your vehicle if necessary.

. Always pay attention to the op-eration of the vehicle and beready to manually control theproper following distance. TheICC system may not be able tomaintain the selected distancebetween vehicles (following dis-tance) or selected vehicle speedunder some circumstances.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certainroad or weather conditions. Toavoid accidents, never use the ICCsystem under the following con-ditions:— On roads with heavy, high-

speed traffic or sharp curves— On slippery road surfaces

such as on ice or snow, etc.— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.)— When rain, snow or dirt adhere

to the bumper around thedistance sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequentbraking may result in over-

heating the brakes)— On repeated uphill and down-

hill roads— When traffic conditions make

it difficult to keep a properdistance between vehicles be-cause of frequent accelera-tion or deceleration


. In some road or traffic conditions,a vehicle or object can unexpect-edly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automaticbraking. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system wherenot recommended in this warn-ing section.

The ICC system will not detect thefollowing objects:. Stationary or slow moving vehicles. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane. Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel laneThe following are some conditions inwhich the radar sensor cannot properlydetect a vehicle ahead and the systemmay not operate properly:

. When the sensor detection is reduced(conditions such as rain, snow, fog,dust storms, sandstorms, and roadspray from other vehicles)

. Driving on a steep downhill slope orroads with sharp curves

. Driving on a bumpy road surface, suchas an uneven dirt road

. If dirt, ice, snow or other material iscovering the radar sensor area

. A complicated-shaped vehicle such asa car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is near the vehicle ahead.

. Interference by other radar sources

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo areaof your vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the radar sensor’s operationwithin the limitations of the systemThe detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the ICC system tomaintain the selected distance from thevehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may moveoutside of the detection zone due to itsposition within the same lane of travel.Motorcycles may not be detected in thesame lane ahead if they are travelingoffset from the center line of the lane. Avehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle has

completely moved into the lane.If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may haveto manually control the proper distanceaway from the vehicle traveling ahead.The ICC system (with ProPILOT assist)uses a multi-sensing front camera. Thefollowing are some conditions in whichthe camera may not properly detect avehicle and detection of a vehicle aheadmay be delayed:. Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,

snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms,and road spray from other vehicles)

. The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

. Strong light (for example, sunlight orhigh beams from oncoming vehicles)enters the front camera

. A sudden change in brightness occurs(for example, when the vehicle entersor exits a tunnel or shaded area orlightning flashes)

SSD0252

SSD0253



When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theradar sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerateor accelerate the vehicle.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition.If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

Automatic cancellationThe following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Condition A:Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. A chimewill sound and the system will not be ableto be set:. Any door is open.. The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.. The vehicle ahead is not detected and

your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h).

. Your vehicle has been stopped by theICC system for approximately 3 min-utes or longer.

. The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode.

. The electronic parking brake is ap-plied.

. The VDC system is turned off.

. The AEB applies harder braking

. VDC (including the traction controlsystem) operates.

. A wheel slips.

. When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion ofdirt or obstruction to the sensor.

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn theProPILOT Assist system back on to usethe system.NOTE:When the ICC system is canceled underthe following conditions at a standstill,the electronic parking brake is automa-tically activated:. Any door is open.. The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.. Your vehicle has been stopped by

the ICC system for approximately 3minutes or longer.

. The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode.

. The VDC system is turned off.

. When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion ofdirt or obstruction to the sensor.

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

Condition B:When the radar sensor of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the ICC system will automati-cally be canceled.The chime will sound and the “Unavail-

able: Front Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn theengine off. When the radar signal istemporarily interrupted, clean the sensorarea of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the “Unavailable: Front RadarObstruction” warning message continuesto be displayed, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Condition C:When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls), the system may illuminatethe system warning light and display the“Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”message.Action to take:When the above driving conditions nolonger exist, turn the system back on.

ICC system malfunctionIf the ICC system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, and the speed control statuswarning (orange) will illuminate.Action to take:If the warning illuminates, stop the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine and set the ICC system again.If it is not possible to set the ICC system orthe warning stays on, it may be amalfunction. Although the normal drivingcan be continued, the ICC system shouldbe inspected. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ICC sensor maintenanceThe radar sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle.To keep the ICC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.


tion.. Do not alter, remove, or paint the front

bumper.Before customizing or restoring the frontbumper, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer.The camera sensor is located above theinside mirror.To keep the proper operation of thesystems and prevent a system malfunc-tion, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including



. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer.



STEERING ASSIST

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of thesteering assist could result in seriousinjury or death.. The steering assist is not a repla-

cement for proper driving proce-dures and is not designed tocorrect careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving. Thesteering assist will not alwayssteer the vehicle to keep it in thelane. It is not designed to preventloss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in controlof the vehicle at all times.

. As there is a performance limit tothe steering assist’s capability,never rely solely on the system.The steering assist does not func-tion in all driving, traffic, weather,and road conditions. Always drivesafely, pay attention to the op-eration of the vehicle, and manu-a l l y con t ro l you r veh i c l eappropriately.

. The steering assist is intended foruse on well-developed freewaysor highways with gentle (moder-ate) curves. To avoid risk of anaccident,do not use this systemon local or non-highway roads.

. The steering assist only steersthe vehicle to maintain its posi-tion in the center of a lane. Thevehicle will not steer to avoidobjects in the road in front ofthe vehicle or to avoid a vehiclemoving into your lane.

. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at alltimes. Never take your hands offthe steering wheel when driving.Always keep your hands on thesteering wheel and drive yourvehicle safely.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the steeringassist. Read and understand theOwner’s Manual thoroughly be-fore using the steering assist. Toavoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to preventaccidents or to control the vehi-cle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the steering

assist except in appropriate roadand traffic conditions.

Steering assist operationThe steering assist controls the steeringsystem to help keep your vehicle near thecenter of the lane when driving. Thesteering assist is combined with theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system.For additional information, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) (models with ProPI-LOT assist)” (P.5-97).The steering assist can be activated whenthe following conditions are met:. The ICC system is activated.. Lane markers on both sides are clearly

detected.. A vehicle ahead is detected (when the

vehicle is driven at speeds under 37MPH (60 km/h)).

. The driver grips the steering wheel.

. The vehicle is driven at the center ofthe lane.

. The turn signals are not operated.

. The windshield wiper is not operatedin the low or high speed operation(the steering assist function is dis-abled after the wiper operates forapproximately 10 seconds).

WAF0062X

Steering assist display and indica-tors1. Steering assist status indicator/ warn-

ingDisplays the status of the steeringassist by the color of the indicator/warning. Steering assist status indicator

(gray): Steering assist standby. Steering assist status indicator

(green): Steering assist active. Steering assist status indicator (or-

ange): Steering assist malfunction2. Steering assist indicator

Indicates the status of the steering

assist by the color of the indicator. Steering assist indicator (gray):

Steering assist standby. Steering assist indicator (green):

Steering assist active. Steering assist indicator (orange):

Steering assist malfunction3. Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectsthe lane marker. Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane

markers not detected. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane

markers detected. Lane marker indicator (orange):

Lane departure is detectedWhen the steering assist is in operation,the steering assist status indicator , thesteering assist indicator , and the lanemarker indicator on the vehicle infor-mation display turn green. A chimesounds when the steering assist initiallyactivates.When the steering assist deactivates, thesteering assist status indicator , thesteering assist indicator , and the lanemarker indicator on the vehicle infor-mation display turn gray and a chimesounds twice.

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)When a curve or strong cross windexceeds the capabilities of the SteeringAssist and your vehicle approaches eitherthe left or the right side of the travelinglane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LIindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel flashes to alert the driver. Then, theI-LI system automatically applies thebrakes for a short period of time to helpassist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane. Thisaction is in addition to any Steering Assistactions. For more information, see “Intel-ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).



WAO0002X

Hands on detectionWhen the Steering assist is activated, itmonitors the driver’s steering wheel op-eration.If the steering wheel is not operated orthe driver takes his/her hands off thesteering wheel for a period of time, the

warning (1) appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.If the driver does not operate the steeringwheel after the warning has been dis-played, an audible alert sounds and thewarning flashes in the vehicle informationdisplay, followed by a quick brake appli-cation to request the driver to take

control of the vehicle again.If the driver still does not respond, theProPILOT assist turns on the hazardflasher and slows the vehicle to a com-plete stop.The driver can cancel the deceleration atany time by steering, braking, accelerat-ing, or operating the ProPILOT assistswitch.

WARNING

Steering assist is not a system for ahands-free driving. Always keep yourhands on the steering wheel anddrive your vehicle safely. Failure todo so could cause a collision result-ing in serious personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:If the driver lightly touches (instead offirmly grips) the steering wheel, thesteering torque sensor may not detectthe driver’s hand(s) on the steeringwheel and a sequence of warningsmay occur. When the driver holds andoperates the steering wheel again, thewarnings turn off.

Steering assist limitations

WARNING

. In the following situations, thecamera may not detect lane mar-kers correctly or may detect lanemarkers incorrectly and thesteering assist may not operateproperly:— When driving on roads where

there are multiple parallellane markers, lane markersthat are faded or not paintedclearly, non-standard lanemarkers, or lane markers cov-ered with water, dirt, snow,etc.

— When driving on roads withdiscontinued lane markers

— When driving on roads with awidening or narrowing lanewidth

— When driving on roads wherethere are multiple lanes orunclear lane markers due toroad construction

— When driving on roads wherethere are sharply contrastingobjects, such as shadows,

snow, water, wheel ruts,seams, or lines remainingafter road repairs (the steer-ing assist could detect theseitems as lane markers)

— When driving on roads wherethe traveling lane merges orseparates

. Do not use the steering assistunder the following conditionsbecause the system may notproperly detect lane markers.Doing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in anaccident.— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, dust, etc.)— When rain, snow, sand, etc., is

thrown up by the wheels ofother vehicles

— When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water,or another object adheres tothe camera unit

— When the lens of the cameraunit is foggy

— When strong light (for exam-ple, sunlight or high beamsfrom oncoming vehicles)shines on the camera

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lensor the headlights are off intunnels or darkness

— When a sudden change inbrightness occurs (for exam-ple, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or is under abridge)

— When driving on roads wherethe traveling lane merges orseparates or where there aretemporary lane markers be-cause of road construction

— When there is a lane closuredue to road repairs

— When driving on a bumpy roadsurface, such as an unevendirt road

— When driving on sharp curvesor winding roads

— When driving on repeated up-hill and downhill roads

. Do not use the steering assistunder the following conditionsbecause the system will not op-erate properly:— When driving with a tire that is

not within normal tire condi-



tions (for example, tire wear,abnormal tire pressure, instal-lation of a spare tire, tirechains, non-standard wheels)

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake orsuspension parts

— When an object such as asticker or cargo obstructs thecamera

— When excessively heavy bag-gage is loaded in the rear seator luggage area of your vehi-cle

— When the vehicle load capa-city is exceeded

. Excessive noise will interfere withthe warning chime sound, andthe beep may not be heard.

. For the ProPILOT assist system tooperate properly, the windshieldin front of the camera must beclean. Replace worn wiper blades.The correct size wiper bladesmust be used to help make surethe windshield is kept clean. Onlyuse Genuine NISSAN wiper blades,or equivalent wiper blades, thatare specifically designed for useon your vehicle model and model

year. It is recommended that youvisit your NISSAN dealer for thecorrect parts for your vehicle.

Steering Assist temporary standbyAutomatic standby due to driving op-eration:When the driver activates the turn signal,the Steering Assist is temporarily placedin a standby mode. (The Steering Assistrestarts automatically when the operat-ing conditions are met again.)Automatic standby:In the following cases, a warning mes-sage is displayed along with the chime,and the Steering Assist is placed in atemporary standby mode. (The SteeringAssist restarts automatically when theoperating conditions are met again.). When lane markers on both sides are

no longer detected. When a vehicle ahead is no longer

detected under approximately 37 MPH(60 km/h)

Steering assist cancelUnder the following conditions, the steer-ing assist cancels, and the steering assiststatus indicator and the steering assistindicator turn off:. When unusual lane markers appear in

the traveling lane or when the lanemarker cannot be correctly detectedfor some time due to certain condi-tions (for example, a snow rut, thereflection of light on a rainy day, thepresence of several unclear lane mar-kers)

. When the windshield wiper operatesin the low or high speed operation(the steering assist is disabled whenthe wiper operates for more thanapproximately 10 seconds)

Action to take:Turn the ICC system off using the CANCELswitch. When the conditions listed aboveare no longer present, turn the ICCsystem on again.

Steering assist malfunctionWhen the system malfunctions, it turnsoff automatically. The steering assiststatus warning (orange) illuminates. Achime may sound depending on thesituation.

Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position, turnthe engine off, restart the engine, resumedriving, and set the ICC system again. Ifthe warning (orange) continues to illumi-nate, the steering assist is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

Steering assist maintenanceThe camera is located above the insidemirror.To keep the proper operation of thesystem and prevent a system malfunc-tion, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including



. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommendedthat you visita NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statement:For USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with Industry Canadalicenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Le present appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa-reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita-tion est autorisee aux deux conditionssuivantes:1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage, et2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter

tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,meme si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionne-ment.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In-formation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30cm between the radiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.Cet equipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta-



blies pour un environnement non con-trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe etutilise avec un minimum de 30 cm dedistance entre la source de rayonnementet votre corps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODENOTE:ProPILOT assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steer-ing assist in the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode.This mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime does not sound to warnyou if you are too close to thevehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead nor

the vehicle-to-vehicle distance isdetected.

. Pay special attention to the dis-tance between your vehicle andthe vehicle a head of you or acollision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in theICC system display.

. Do not use the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control modewhen driving under the followingconditions:— When it is not possible to keep

the vehicle at a set speed— In heavy traffic or in traffic

that varies in speed— On winding or hilly roads— On slippery roads (rain, snow,

ice, etc.)— In very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in anaccident.

WAF0063X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches1. RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

2. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed

3. ProPILOT Assist switch:Turns the ProPILOT Assist system onor off

4. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

WAF0064X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-torsThe display is located in the vehicleinformation display.1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the conditionof the ICC system depending on acolor.. Cruise control ON indicator (gray):

Indicates that the ProPILOT Assistswitch is on

. Cruise control SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed isset

. Cruise control warning (yellow): In-dicates that there is a malfunctionin the ICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed.

WAF0065X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theProPILOT assist switch for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds.When pushing the ProPILOT assist switchon, the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators aredisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play. After you hold the ProPILOT assistswitch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the ICC system display turnsoff. The cruise indicator appears. You cannow set your desired cruising speed.Pushing the ProPILOT assist switch again



will turn the system completely off. Whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition, the system is also automaticallyturned off.To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ProPILOT assist switch(vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode) or push and hold it (conventionalcruise control mode) again to turn it on.

WARNING

To avoid accidentally engagingcruise control, make sure to turnthe ProPILOT assist switch off whennot using the ICC system.

WAF0066X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the SET— switch and release it. (The color ofthe cruise indicator changes to green andset vehicle speed indicator comes on.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.. To pass another vehicle, depress the

accelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the

following methods:1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.3. Turn the ProPILOT assist switch off.

Both the cruise indicator and vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET— switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Re-lease the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET—switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theAEB system could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.. The AEB system is a supplemen-

tal aid to the driver. It is not areplacement for the driver’s at-tention to traffic conditions orresponsibility to drive safely. Itcannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous driv-ing techniques.

. The AEB system does not func-tion in all driving, traffic, weatherand road conditions.

The AEB system can assist the driverwhen there is a risk of a forward collisionwith the vehicle ahead in the travelinglane.

JVS1041X

The AEB system uses a radar sensorlocated on the front of the vehicle tomeasure the distance to the vehicleahead in the same lane.


AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) (if so equipped)


JVS1117X

AEB emergency warning indicatorSteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)AEB system warning light (on the meterpanel)

AEB SYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds above approxi-mately 3 MPH (5 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB system will firstly provide thewarning to the driver by flashing thewarning (yellow) in the vehicle informa-tion display and providing an audiblealert.If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBsystem detects that there is still thepossibility of a forward collision, thesystem will automatically increase thebraking force.If the driver does not take action, the AEBsystem issues the second visual (flashing)(red) and audible warning. If the driverreleases the accelerator pedal, then thesystem applies partial braking.If the risk of a collision becomes immi-nent, the AEB system applies harderbraking automatically.While the AEB system is operating, youmay hear the sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that the AEBsystem is operating properly.

NOTE:The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB sys-tem.Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as drivingand roadway conditions, the system mayhelp the driver avoid a forward collision ormay help mitigate the consequences of acollision should one be unavoidable.If the driver is handling the steeringwheel, accelerating or braking, the AEBsystem will function later or will notfunction.The automatic braking will cease underthe following conditions:. When the steering wheel is turned as

far as necessary to avoid a collision.. When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed.. When there is no longer a vehicle

detected ahead.If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.



JVS0971X

AEB system warning light (on the meterpanel)Vehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

TURNING THE AEB SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theAEB system on or off.1. Press the button until “Set-

tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press “OK”button. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance.” Then press the“OK” button.


3. Select “Emergency Brake” and pressthe OK button.

4. Select “Front” and use the OK buttonto turn the system on or off.

When the AEB system is turned off, theAEB system warning light (orange)illuminates.NOTE:The AEB system will be automaticallyturned ON when the engine is restarted.

AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the AEB system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The AEB system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensor does not detect

the following objects:— Pedestrians, animals or obsta-

cles in the roadway— Oncoming vehicles— Crossing vehicles

. The radar sensor has some per-formance limitations. If a station-ary vehicle is in the vehicle’s path,the AEB system will not functionwhen the vehicle is driven atspeeds over approximately 50MPH (80 km/h).

. The radar sensor may not detecta vehicle ahead in the followingconditions:

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materi-al covering the radar sensor.


— Snow or road spray from tra-veling vehicles.

— If the vehicle ahead is narrow(e.g. motorcycle)

— When driving on a steepdownhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

. In some road or traffic conditions,the AEB system may unexpect-edly apply partial braking. Whenacceleration is necessary, con-tinue to depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

. The AEB system may react to aroadside object (traffic sign,guard rail etc.).

. Braking distances increase onslippery surfaces.

. The system is designed to auto-matically check the sensor’s func-t i o n a l i t y , w i t h i n c e r t a i nlimitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstructionof the sensor area such as ice,snow, stickers, for example. In

these cases, the system may notbe able to warn the driver prop-erly. Be sure that you check, cleanand clear the sensor area regu-larly.




SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, thesensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you byblinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travel-ing ahead.

JVS0972X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, makingit impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the AEB system is automatically turnedoff.The AEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate.Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.

Condition BIn the following conditions, the “Unavail-able: Front Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.. The sensor area on the front of the

vehicle is covered with dirt or isobstructed.

Action to takeIf the message appears, stop the vehiclein a safe place and turn the engine off.Clean the radar cover on the front of thevehicle with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning message continuesto illuminate, have the AEB systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls).

Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.Condition CWhen the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system is OFF, the AEB brake will notoperate. In this case only visible andaudible warning operates. The AEB sys-tem warning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to takeWhen the VDC system is ON, the AEBsystem will resume automatically.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB system warning light(orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc-tion” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.Action to take:If the AEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safelocation. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the AEB systemchecked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS1041X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle.To keep the system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area on the

front of the vehicle clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not cover or attach stickers or

similar objects on the front of thevehicle near the sensor area. Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.




tion.. Do not alter, remove or paint the front

of the vehicle near the sensor area.Before customizing or restoring thesensor area, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC : OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipmentFor CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, including

interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwatts

*: if so equipped

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theAEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.. The AEB with pedestrian detec-

tion system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replace-ment for the driver’s attention totraffic conditions or responsibilityto drive safely. It cannot preventaccidents due to carelessness ordangerous driving techniques.

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system does not function inall driving, traffic, weather androad conditions.

The AEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem can assist the driver when there is arisk of a forward collision with the vehicleahead in the traveling lane or with apedestrian.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB)WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM*

JVS1042X

The AEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem uses a radar sensor located on thefront of the vehicle to measure thedistance to the vehicle ahead in the samelane.For pedestrians, the AEB system uses acamera installed behind the windshieldin addition to the radar sensor.



JVS1117X

AEB emergency warning indicatorSteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)AEB system warning light (on the meterpanel)

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTIONSYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem will function when your vehicle isdriven at speeds above approximately 3MPH (5 km/h).For the pedestrian detection function, theAEB with pedestrian detection systemoperates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH(10 – 60 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB with pedestrian detection systemwill firstly provide the warning to thedriver by flashing the warning (yellow) inthe vehicle information display and pro-viding an audible alert.If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBwith pedestrian detection system detectsthat there is still the possibility of aforward collision, the system will auto-matically increase the braking force.If the driver does not take action, the AEBwith pedestrian detection system issuesthe second visual (flashing) (red) andaudible warning. If the driver releasesthe accelerator pedal, then the systemapplies partial braking.If the risk of a collision becomes immi-nent, the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem applies harder braking automati-

cally.While the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is operating, you may hear thesound of brake operation. This is normaland indicates that the AEB with pedes-trian detection system is operating prop-erly.NOTE:The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB withpedestrian detection system.Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as wellas driving and roadway conditions, thesystem may help the driver avoid aforward collision or may help mitigatethe consequences of a collision shouldone be unavoidable.If the driver is handling the steeringwheel, accelerating or braking, the AEBwith pedestrian detection system willfunction later or will not function.The automatic braking will cease underthe following conditions:. When the steering wheel is turned as

far as necessary to avoid a collision.. When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed.. When there is no longer a vehicle or

pedestrian detected ahead.

If the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem has stopped the vehicle, thevehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.



JVS0971X

AEB system warning light (on the meterpanel)Vehicle information displaySteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES-TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theAEB with pedestrian detection system onor off.1. Press the button until “Set-

tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press “OK”button. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance.” Then press the“OK” button.



4. Select “Front” and use the OK buttonto turn the system on or off.

When the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is turned off, the AEB with pedes-trian detection system warning light illu-minates .NOTE:. The AEB with pedestrian detection

system will be automatically turnedON when the engine is restarted.

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTIONSYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the AEB with pedestriandetection system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result inserious injury or death.. The AEB with pedestrian detec-

tion system cannot detect allvehicles or pedestrians under allconditions.

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system does not detect thefollowing objects:— Small pedestrians (including

small children), animals andcyclists.

— Pedestrians in wheelchairs orusing mobile transport suchas scooters, child-operatedtoys, or skateboards.

— Pedestrians who are seated orotherwise not in a full uprightstanding or walking position.

— Obstacles on the roadway— Oncoming vehicles— Crossing vehicles— Obstacles on the roadside

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system has some perfor-mance limitations.— If a stationary vehicle is in the

vehicle’s path, the AEB withpedestrian detection systemwill not function when thevehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 50 MPH(80 km/h).

— For pedestrian detection, theAEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will not function whenthe vehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 37 MPH(60 km/h) or below approxi-mately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system may not function forpedestrians in darkness or intunnels, even if there is streetlighting in the area.

. For pedestrians, the AEB withpedestrian detection system willnot issue the first warning.

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system may not function ifthe vehicle ahead is narrow (forexample a motorcycle).

. The AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system may not function ifspeed difference between thetwo vehicles is too small.

. The radar sensor may not func-tion properly or detect a vehicleahead in the following conditions:— Poor visibility (conditions such

as rain, snow, fog, duststorms, sandstorms, and roadspray from other vehicles)

— Driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharpcurves.

— Driving on a bumpy road sur-face, such as an uneven dirtroad.

— If dirt, ice, snow or other ma-terial is covering the radarsensor area.


. The camera may not functionproperly or detect a vehicleahead in the following conditions:



— The camera area of wind-shield is fogged up, or coveredwith dirt, water drops, ice,snow, etc.

— Strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from on-coming vehicles) enters thefront camera. Strong lightcauses the area around thepedestrian to be cast in ashadow, making it difficult tosee.

— A sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example,when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or a shadedarea or lightning flashes.)

— The poor contrast of a personto the background, such ashaving clothing color or pat-tern which is similar to thebackground.

— The pedestrian’s profile is par-tially obscured or unidentifi-able due to the pedestriantransporting cargo, wearingbulky or very loose-fittingclothing or accessories.

. The system performance maydegrade in the following condi-

tions:— The vehicle is driven on a

slippery road.— The vehicle is driven on a

slope.— Excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or thecargo area of your vehicle.

. The system is designed to auto-matically check the sensor (radarand camera)’s functionality, with-in certain limitations. The systemmay not detect blockage of sen-sor areas covered by ice, snow orstickers, for example. In thesecases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly.Be sure that you check, clean andclear sensor areas regularly.

. In some road and traffic condi-tions, the AEB system may unex-pectedly apply partial braking.When acceleration is necessary,depress the accelerator pedal tooverride the system.

. The AEB system may react aroadside object (traffic sign,guard rail etc.)

. Braking distances increase onslippery surfaces.


SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, thesensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you byblinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travel-ing ahead.

JVS0972X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition AIn the following conditions, the warninglight will blink and the system will beturned off automatically.. The radar sensor picks up interference

from another radar source.. The camera area of windshield is

misted or frozen.. Strong light is shining from the front.. The cabin temperature is over ap-

proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun-light.



. The camera area of windshield glass iscontinuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will resume automatically.NOTE:When the inside of the windshield oncamera area is misted or frozen, it willtake a period of time to remove it afterair conditioner turns on. If dirt appearson this area, it is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer.Condition BIn the following condition, the “Unavail-able: Front Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.. The sensor area of the front of the

vehicle is covered with dirt or isobstructed

Action to take:If the message appears, stop the vehiclein a safe place and turn the engine off.Clean the radar cover on the front of thevehicle with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning message continuesto illuminate, have the AEB with pedes-trian detection system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN

dealer for this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls).

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will resume automatically.

Condition CWhen VDC system is OFF, the AEB brakewill not operate. In this case only visibleand audible warning operates. The AEBsystem warning light (orange) will illumi-nate.Action to take:When VDC system is ON, the AEB withpedestrian detection system will resumeautomatically.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem malfunctions, it will be turned offautomatically, a chime will sound, the AEBsystem warning light will (orange) willilluminate and the warning message“Malfunction” will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on,stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. Ifthe warning light continues to illuminate,have the AEB with pedestrian detectionsystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS1042X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located on the frontof the vehicle. The camera is located onthe upper side of the windshield.To keep the AEB with pedestrian detec-tion system operating properly, be sure toobserve the following:. Always keep the sensor area on the

front of the vehicle and windshieldclean.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensors (ex. bumper, wind-shield).

. Do not cover or attach stickers orsimilar objects on the front of thevehicle near the sensor area. This

could cause failure or malfunction.. Do not attach metallic objects near

the radar sensor area (brush guard,etc.). This could cause failure or mal-function.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect thecamera unit’s detection capability.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontof the vehicle near the sensor area.Before customizing or restoring thesensor area, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC : OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment

For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwatts



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theRAB system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The RAB system is a supplemen-

tal aid to the driver. It is not areplacement for proper drivingprocedures. Always use the sideand rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction you willmove before and while backingup. Never rely solely on the RABsystem. It is the driver’s respon-sibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

. There is a limitation to the RABsystem capability. The RAB sys-tem is not effective in all situa-tions.

The RAB system can assist the driverwhen the vehicle is backing up andapproaching objects directly behind thevehicle.

WAF0077X

The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the rear sonar locatedon the rear bumper.NOTE:You can temporarily cancel the sonarfunction in the vehicle, but the RABsystem will continue to operate. Foradditional information, see“Rear sonarsystem (RSS)” (P.5-152).

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)(if so equipped)

WAF0068X

RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicatorSteering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)Center display (if so equipped)

RAB SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.If a risk of a collision with an obstacle isdetected when your vehicle is backing up,the RAB system warning indicator willflash in the vehicle information display, ared frame will appear in the center display(models with the Intelligent AroundView Monitor system), and the systemwill chime three times. The system willthen automatically apply the brakes. Afterthe automatic brake application, the dri-ver must depress the brake pedal tomaintain brake pressure.NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come

on when braking is performed bythe RAB system.

. When the brakes operate, a noisemay be heard. This is not a malfunc-tion.

TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theRAB system ON or OFF.



WAF0069X

1. Press the button until “Set-tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press OK button.Use the button to select “DriverAssistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OKbutton.


4. To set the RAB system to on or off, usethe OK button to check the box for“Rear.”

When the RAB system is turned off, theRAB system warning light illuminates.NOTE:The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita-tions for the RAB system. Failure tofollow the warnings and instructionsfor proper use of the RAB systemcould result in serious injury ordeath.. When the vehicle approaches an

obstacle while the accelerator or

brake pedal is depressed, thefunction may not operate or thestart of the operation may bedelayed. The RAB system maynot operate or may not performsufficiently due to vehicle condi-tions, driving conditions, the traf-fic environment, the weather,road surface conditions, etc. Donot wait for the system to oper-ate. Operate the brake pedal byyourself as soon as necessary.

. If it is necessary to override RABoperation, strongly press the ac-celerator pedal.

. Always check your surroundingsand turn to check what is behindyou before and while backing up.The RAB system detects station-ary objects behind the vehicle.The RAB system does not detectthe following objects:— Moving objects— Low objects— Narrow objects— Wedge-shaped objects— Objects close to the bumper

(less than approximately 1 ft[30 cm])

— Objects that suddenly appear— Thin objects such as rope,

wire, chain, etc.. The RAB system may not operate

for the following obstacles:— Obstacles located high off the

ground— Obstacles in a position offset

from your vehicle— Obstacles, such as spongy

materials or snow, that havesoft outer surfaces and caneasily absorb a sound wave

. The RAB system may not operatein the following conditions:— There is rain, snow, ice, dirt,

etc., attached to the sonarsensors.

— A loud sound is heard in thearea around the vehicle.

— The surface of the obstacle isdiagonal to the rear of thevehicle.

. The RAB system may uninten-tionally operate in the followingconditions:— There is overgrown grass in

the area around the vehicle.

— There is a structure (e.g., awall, toll gate equipment, anarrow tunnel, a parking lotgate) near the side of thevehicle.

— There are bumps, protrusions,or manhole covers on theroad surface.

— The vehicle drives through adraped flag or a curtain.

— There is an accumulation ofsnow or ice behind the vehi-cle.

— An ultrasonic wave source,such as another vehicle’s so-nar, is near the vehicle.

. Once the automatic brake controloperates, it does not operateagain if the vehicle approachesthe same obstacle.

. The automatic brake control canonly operate for a short period oftime. Therefore, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

. In the following situations, theRAB system may not operateproperly or may not functionsufficiently:



— The vehicle is driven in badweather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

— The vehicle is driven on asteep hill.

— The vehicle’s posture is chan-ged (e.g., when driving over abump).

— The vehicle is driven on aslippery road.

— The vehicle is turned sharplyby turning the steering wheelfully.

— Snow chains are used.— Wheels or tires other than

NISSAN recommended areused.

— The brakes are cold at lowambient temperatures or im-mediately after driving hasstarted.

— The braking force becomespoor due to wet brakes afterdriving through a puddle orwashing the vehicle.

. Turn the RAB system off in thefollowing conditions to preventthe occurrence of an unexpectedaccident resulting from suddensystem operation:

— The vehicle is towed.— The vehicle is carried on a

flatbed truck.— The vehicle is on the chassis

dynamometer.— The vehicle drives on an un-

even road surface.— Suspension parts other than

those designated as genuineparts are used. (If the vehicleheight or the vehicle bodyinclination is changed, thesystem may not detect anobstacle correctly.)

. Excessive noise (e.g., audio sys-tem volume, an open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, the RAB systemwarning light will illuminate, and the“Malfunction” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

Action to takeIf the warning light illuminates, park thevehicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff, and restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have theRAB system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.NOTE:If the RAB system cannot be operatedtemporarily, the RAB system warninglight blinks.

WAF0077X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEObserve the following items to ensureproper operation of the system:. Always keep the rear sonar clean.. If the rear sonar are dirty, wipe them

off with a soft cloth while being carefulto not damage them.

. Do not subject the area around therear sonar to strong impact. Also, donot remove or disassemble the rearsonar. If the rear sonar and peripheralareas are deformed in an accident,etc., have the sensors checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. Do not install any stickers (includingtransparent stickers) or accessorieson the rear sonar and their sur-rounding areas. This may cause amalfunction or improper operation.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000km), follow these recommendationsto obtain maximum engine perfor-mance and ensure the future relia-bility and economy of your newvehicle. Failure to follow these re-commendations may result in shor-tened engine life and reduced engineperformance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possi-ble.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.1. Use smooth accelerator and brake

pedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed whilecommuting and coast wheneverpossible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate

and minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traf-

fic lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to coolthe vehicle due to reduced engineload.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-namic drag.

. Recirculating the cool air in thecabin when the A/C is on reducescooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h)(where legally allowed) can improvefuel efficiency due to reduced aero-dynamic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles re-duces unnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system

to determine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll andavoid stopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more

than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the en-gine oil before driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature morequickly while driving versus idling.

10. Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, re-sulting in reduced demand on yourA/C system.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity en-gine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation” (P.10-5).)

If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent4x4 system while the engine is running,warning messages appear in the vehicleinformation display.

JVS1120X

If the “AWD Error” warning appears,there may be a malfunction in the In-telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checked bya NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (hightemperature) warning may appearwhile trying to free a stuck vehicle due


INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)


to increased oil temperature. The drivingmode may change to Two-Wheel Drive(2WD). If this warning is displayed, stopthe vehicle with the engine idling, as soonas it is safe to do so. Then if the warningturns off, you can continue driving.The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning mayappear if there is a large differencebetween the diameters of front and rearwheels. Pull off the road in a safe area,with the engine idling. Check that all tiresizes are the same, that the tire pressureis correct and that the tires are notexcessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast.If any warning message continues to bedisplayed, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, donot attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift thetransmission to any drive or re-verse position with the enginerunning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2–wheeldynamometer (such as the dy-namometers used by somestates for emissions testing) orsimilar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure that youinform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result indrive train damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on afree roller when any of the wheelsraised.

. The power train may be damagedif you continue driving with the“AWD Error” warning on.

. If the warning message remainson after the above operation,have your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recom-

mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. If the “AWD Error” warning ap-pears while driving, there may bea malfunction in the AWD system.

Reduce the vehicle speed andhave your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. Never drive on dry, hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode, as thiswill overload the powertrain andmay cause a serious malfunction.

JVS1024X

INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCHOPERATIONSThe Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is locatedon the lower side of the instrument panel.This switch is used to select the AUTO orLOCK mode depending on the drivingconditions.

LOCK mode:The AWD LOCK indicator light will illumi-nate.AUTO mode:The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.Each time you push the switch, the AWDmode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.



AWD mode Wheels driven AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions

AUTO

Distribution of torque tothe front and rear wheelschanges automatically,depending on road condi-tions encountered [ratio;100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. Thisresults in improved drivingstability.*1

-For driving on pavedor slippery roads

LOCK All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3*For driving on roughroads

*1: When the rotation difference between thefront and rear wheels is large, the AWDmode may change from AUTO to LOCKfor a while, however, this is not a mal-function.

*2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTOmode automatically when the vehicle hasbeen driven at a high speed. The AWDLOCK indicator light turns off.

*3: The LOCK mode will automatically becancelled when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.

. The AWD torque distribution betweenthe front and rear wheels can bedisplayed in the vehicle informationdisplay. See “Vehicle information dis-play” (P.2-19).

. If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch isoperated while accelerating or decel-erating, or if the ignition switch isturned off, you may feel a jolt. This isnormal.

. The oil temperature of the powertrainparts will increase if the vehicle iscontinuously operated under condi-tions where the difference in rotationbetween the front and rear wheels islarge (wheel slip), such as when drivingthe vehicle on rough roads, throughsand or mud, or freeing a stuckvehicle. In these cases, the masterwarning light illuminates and theAWD mode changes to 2WD to protectthe powertrain parts. Stop drivingwith the engine idling and wait untilthe warning light turns off and theAWD returns to the AUTO mode. If thewarning light remains on, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

. When driving straight, shift theIntelligent 4x4 LOCK switch toAUTO. Do not operate the Intelli-gent 4x4 LOCK switch when mak-ing a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4LOCK switch with the front wheelspinning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting ordriving on slippery surfaces.

. When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you mayfeel a braking effect. This is anormal condition of the AWDmodel.

SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.


. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake beapplied and the transmission

placed into P (Park) for Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT)model or in an appropriate gearfor Manual Transmission (MT)model. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unex-pectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

. Make sure the CVT shift lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as itcan go and cannot be movedwithout depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.2. Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models:Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.Manual Transmission (MT) models:Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)gear. When parking on an uphill grade,place the shift lever in the 1st gear.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll-ing into the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches the


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


curb.. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels away from thecurb and move the vehicle backuntil the curb side wheel gentlytouches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will moveaway from the center of the road ifit moves.

4. Models with Intelligent Key system:Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.Models without Intelligent Key sys-tem:Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and remove the key.

WARNING

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the steering willnot work. Steering will be harderto operate.

. When the electric power steeringwarning light illuminates with theengine running, the power assistfor the steering will cease opera-tion. You will still have control ofthe vehicle but the steering willbe harder to operate.

The electric power steering is designed toprovide power assist while driving tooperate the steering wheel with lightforce.When the steering wheel is operatedrepeatedly or continuously while parkingor driving at a very low speed, the powerassist for the steering wheel will bereduced. This is to prevent overheatingof the electric power steering and protectit from getting damaged. While the powerassist is reduced, steering wheel opera-tion will become heavy. When the tem-perature of the electric power steeringgoes down, the power assist level willreturn to normal. Avoid repeating such

steering wheel operations that couldcause the electric power steering to over-heat.You may hear a noise when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.If the electric power steering warninglight illuminates while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the electricpower steering is not functioning prop-erly and may need servicing. Have theelectric power steering checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. (See “Electric powersteering warning light” (P.2-12).)When the electric power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine running,the power assist for the steering willcease operation. You will still have controlof the vehicle. However, greater steeringeffort is needed, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.The mode of the Power Steering can bechanged to:. NORMAL. SPORTFor more information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display” (P.2-19).

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separatehydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc-tions, you will still have braking at twowheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving. This will cause over-heating of the brakes, wearing out thebrake pads faster and reduce gas mile-age.To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reducespeed and downshift to a lower gearbefore going down a slope or long grade.Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss ofvehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery sur-face, be careful when braking,accelerating or downshifting.Abrupt braking or acceleratingcould cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to oneside during braking.To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes when-ever the stopping effect of the parkingbrake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums/ro-tors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.


BRAKE SYSTEM


BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater brakingforce than a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid toassist braking operation and is not acollision warning or avoidance de-vice. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) is a sophisticated device,but it cannot prevent accidentsresulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control dur-ing braking on slippery surfaces.Remember that stopping dis-tances on slippery surfaces willbe longer than on normal sur-

faces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tirechains. Always maintain a safedistance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.— When replacing tires, install

the specified size of tires onall four wheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified onthe Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. See “Tire and Load-ing Information label” (P.10-10) of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-

venting each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes.The ABS will operate to prevent thewheels from locking up. Steer the vehicleto avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doingso may result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and does not indicate a malfunc-tion. If the computer senses a malfunc-

BRAKE ASSIST

tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, theactuator rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure. This action is similarto pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when itis operating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra careis required while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem uses various sensors to monitordriver inputs and vehicle motion. Undercertain driving conditions, the VDC sys-tem helps to perform the following func-tions.. Controls brake pressure to reduce

wheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a nonslipping drive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slipbased on vehicle speed (traction con-trol function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehiclein the following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or thesystem may determine some actionis required to help keep the vehicle onthe steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normaland indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicatorilluminates to indicate the VDC system isoff. When the VDC switch is used to turnoff the system, the VDC system stilloperates to prevent one drive wheel fromslipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The VDC warninglight flashes if this occurs. All otherVDC functions are off, and the VDCwarning light will not flash. The VDCsystem is automatically reset to on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-16) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-18).


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM


The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each timeyou start the engine andmove the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.When the self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed tohelp improve driving stability butdoes not prevent accidents dueto abrupt steering operation athigh speeds or by careless ordangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and beespecially careful when drivingand cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-pension. If suspension parts suchas shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushingsand wheels are not NISSAN re-commended for your vehicle orare extremely deteriorated, theVDC system may not operateproperly. This could adverselyaffect vehicle handling perfor-mance, and the VDC warning light

may illuminate.. If brake related parts such as

brake pads, rotors and calipersare not NISSAN recommended orare extremely deteriorated, theVDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely in-clined surfaces such as higherbanked corners, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate. Do not drive on these typesof roads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate. Thisis not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stablesurface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substi-tute for winter tires or tire chainson a snow covered road.

The chassis control is an electric controlmodule that includes the following func-tions:. Intelligent Trace Control. Intelligent Engine Brake. Active Ride ControlINTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROLThis system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to aid tracing at cornersand help smooth vehicle response.Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled) through theVehicle Information Display “Settings”page. See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-19) for more information.When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem, the Intelligent Trace Control isalso turned off.

JVS0403X

When the Intelligent Trace Control isoperated and the “Chassis Control” modeis selected in the trip computer, theIntelligent Trace Control graphics areshown in the vehicle information display.(See “Trip computer” (P.2-39).)If the chassis control warning messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play, it may indicate that the IntelligentTrace Control is not functioning properly.Have the system checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. (See“Vehicle information display warningsand indicators” (P.2-31).)

WARNING

The Intelligent Trace Control may notbe effective depending on the driv-ing condition. Always drive carefullyand attentively.

When the Intelligent Trace Control isoperating, you may feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal and hear a noise. This isnormal and indicates that the IntelligentTrace Control is operating properly.Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is setto OFF, some functions will remain on toassist the driver (for example, avoidance


CHASSIS CONTROL


scenes).INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Con-tinuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models)The Intelligent Engine Brake functionadds subtle deceleration by controllingCVT gear ratio, depending on the corner-ing condition calculated from driver’ssteering input and plural sensors. Thisbenefit to easier traceability and lessworkload of adjusting speed with brakingat corners.The Intelligent Engine Brake also addssubtle deceleration with gear ratio con-trol according to driver’s brake pedaloperation.The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set toON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) throughthe Vehicle Information Display “Settings”page. See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-19) for more information.

JVS0403X

When the Intelligent Engine Brake isoperated at corners and the “ChassisControl” mode is selected in the tripcomputer, the Intelligent Engine Brakegraphics are shown in the vehicle infor-mation display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-39) for more information.If the chassis control warning messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play, it may indicate that the IntelligentEngine Brake is not functioning properly.Have the system checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

The Intelligent Engine Brake may notbe effective depending on the driv-ing condition. Always drive carefullyand attentively.

When the Intelligent Engine Brake isoperating, the needle of the tachometerwill rise up and you may hear an enginenoise. This is normal and indicates thatthe Intelligent Engine Brake is operatingproperly.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROLThis system senses upper body motionbased on wheel speed information andcontrols engine torque and four wheelbrake pressure to enhance ride comfortin effort to restrain uncomfortable upperbody movement. This system come intoeffect above 25 MPH (40 km/h). When theVDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system, the Active Ride Control isalso turned off.

JVS0398X

When the brake control of the Active RideControl is operated and the “ChassisControl” mode is selected in the tripcomputer, the Active Ride Control gra-phics are shown in the vehicle informa-tion display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-39)for more information.If the chassis control warning messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play, it may indicate that the Active RideControl is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.When the Active Ride Control is operating,you may hear noise and sense slight

deceleration. This is normal and indicatesthat the Active Ride Control is operatingproperly.



WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill startassist system to prevent the ve-hicle from moving backward on ahill. Always drive carefully andattentively. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially care-ful when stopped on a hill onfrozen or muddy roads. Failureto prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possi-ble serious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill. Failure todo so may cause the vehicle toroll backwards and may result ina collision or serious personalinjury.

. The hill start assist system maynot prevent the vehicle from roll-ing backwards on a hill under allload or road conditions. Alwaysbe prepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards. Failure to do

so may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards in thetime it takes the driver to release thebrake pedal and apply the acceleratorwhen the vehicle is stopped on a hill.The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:. The transmission is shifted to a for-

ward or reverse gear.. The vehicle is stopped completely on a

hill by applying the brake.The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin toroll back and the hill start assist systemwill stop operating completely.The hill start assist system will notoperate when the transmission is shiftedto the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position (CVTmodels) or on a flat and level road.When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light illuminates in the meter, thehill start assist system will not operate.(See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light” (P.2-16).)

WAF0072X

The RSS sounds a tone to inform thedriver of obstacles near the rear bumper.When the “Display” key is on, the sonarview will automatically appear in thetouchscreen display. An additional viewof the sonar status will appear in thevehicle information display for reference.

WARNING

. The RSS is a convenience but it isnot a substitute for proper park-ing.

. The driver is always responsiblefor safety during parking and

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if soequipped)

other maneuvers. Always lookaround and check that it is safeto do so before parking.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the RSS as contained inthis section. The colors of thesonar indicator and the distanceguide lines in the rear view in-dicate different distances to theobject.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill mayaffect the function of the system;this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

. The RSS is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large sta-tionary objects to help avoid da-maging the vehicle.

. The RSS is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or mov-ing objects. Always move slowly.The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, andmay not detect objects close tothe bumper or on the ground.

. The RSS may not detect thefollowing objects: fluffy objectssuch as snow, cloth, cotton, glass,

wool, etc.; thin objects such asrope, wire and chain, etc.; orwedge-shaped objects.

If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-stacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

. Excessive noise (such as audiosystem volume or an open vehi-cle window) will interfere with thetone and it may not be heard.

. Keep the sonar sensors (locatedon the rear bumper fascia) freefrom snow, ice and large accu-mulations of dirt. Do not clean thesensors with sharp objects. If thesensors are covered, the accuracyof the sonar function will bediminished.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system informs with a visual andaudible alert of rear obstacles when theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Range Rear sonarSound Display

P (Park) B CR (Reverse) O ON (Neutral) B CD (Drive) B CO = Display / Beep when detectC = Display on camera viewB = No display and beep

The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.The intermittent tone will stop after 3seconds when an obstacle is detected byonly the corner sensor and the distancedoes not change. The tone will stop whenthe obstacle gets away from the vehicle.When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color ofthe indicator turns yellow and the rate ofthe blinking increases. When the vehicle isvery close to the object, the indicatorstops blinking and turns red, and the tone



sounds continuously.

WAF0074XExample

When the corner of the vehicle movescloser to an object, the corner sonarindicator appears. When the center ofthe vehicle moves close to an object, thecenter sonar indicator appears.

WAF0075XExample

The system indicators will appear whenthe vehicle moves closer to an object (ifso equipped).

WAF0076X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSSThe system is automatically activatedwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position.Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the RSS:1. Press the button until “Set-

tings” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display and then press OK button.Use the button to select “DriverAssistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton

3. Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OKbutton to turn the system on or off.. Select “Display” to display the rear

sensor in the vehicle informationdisplay when the RSS activates.

. Select “Range” to change the RSSdistance to “Far,” “Mid,” or “Near.”



RSS LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the RSS limitationsfor the sonar system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. Read and understand the limita-

tions of the RSS as contained inthis section. Inclement weathermay affect the function of theRSS; this may include reducedperformance or a false activation.

. The system is deactivated atspeeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h).It is reactivated at lower speeds.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill mayaffect the function of the RSS;this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

. The RSS is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or mov-ing objects. Always move slowly.The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper or onthe ground.

. The RSS may not detect thefollowing objects: fluffy objectssuch as snow, cloth, cotton,glass-wool, etc.; thin objects suchas rope, wire and chain, etc.; orwedge-shaped objects.

. The RSS may not detect objectsat speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h)and may not detect certain angu-lar or moving objects.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEWhen sonar blockage is detected, thesystem will be deactivated automatically.The system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.The sonar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing thesonar sensors.

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the system will resume automati-cally.

WAF0077X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sonar sensors are located on therear bumper. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.The sonar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the sonar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the sonar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or

apply additional paint near the sonarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe sonar sensors. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer if the areaaround the sonar sensors is damageddue to a collision.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing,apply deicer through the key hole. If thelock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole, or use theIntelligent Key system or the remotekeyless entry key fob.ANTI-FREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated thatthe outside temperature will drop below32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assureproper winter protection. For additionalinformation, see “Engine cooling system”(P.8-4).BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”(P.8-11).DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system,including the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, see“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reduced insnowy and icy conditions. If you operateyour vehicle on snowy or icy roads,NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels. It is recommended you consult aNISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speedrating and availability information.For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian provincesprohibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that ofnon-studded snow tires.Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-36) of this manual.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the followingitems be carried in the vehicle duringwinter:. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to

remove ice and snow from the win-dows and wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezingrain), very cold snow or ice can beslick and very hard to drive on.The vehicle will have much lesstraction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drivewheels will lose even more trac-tion.

. Allow more stopping distanceunder these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than ondry pavement.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on anotherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous ex-haust gases under your vehicle.Keep snow clear of the exhaustpipe and from around your vehi-cle.

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ......................................... 6-2Roadside assistance program ........................................... 6-2Emergency engine shut off (models with push-button ignition switch) ............................................................. 6-3Flat tire .................................................................................................. 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3Changing a flat tire .............................................................. 6-4

Jump starting ................................................................................. 6-9Push starting ................................................................................ 6-11If your vehicle overheats .................................................... 6-11Towing your vehicle ............................................................... 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN ..................... 6-14Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-16

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park underemergency conditions. All turn signallights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well offthe road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on thehighway unless unusual circum-stances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work whenthe hazard warning flasher lightsare on.

The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.Some state lawsmay prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is availableto you. Please refer to your WarrantyInformation Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty &Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada) for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning message isdisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it bythe low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicleis driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h). For more details, see “Warninglights, indicator lights and audible remin-ders” (P.2-10) and “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires

and increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible.


. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operation

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF (modelswith push-button ignition switch) FLAT TIRE


of the TPMS.. Do not inject any tire liquid or

aerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road

and away from traffic.2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.3. Park on a level surface and apply the

parking brake.4. Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models:Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.Manual Transmission (MT) models:Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

5. Turn off the engine.6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,

and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

7. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the ManualTransmission is shifted into R(Reverse), or the CVT into P (Park).

. Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional road assis-tance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppo-site the flat tire to prevent the vehiclefrom moving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result inpersonal injury.

JVE0270X

Getting the spare tire and toolsRemove the jack, necessary tools and thespare tire from the storage area.The spare tire, jack and tools are locatedunder the flexible luggage boards (if soequipped) and cover.

JVE0402X

Pull up the flexible luggage boards (if soequipped) and cover.Remove the jack and tools from thestorage area.

SCE0913

Remove the clamp holding the spare tire.



SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if soequipped)

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove thewheel cover. This may cause perso-nal injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jackrod as illustrated.Apply cloth between the wheel and jackrod to prevent damaging the wheel andwheel cover.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by the jack. Ifit is necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Use only the jack provided withyour vehicle to lift the vehicle. Donot use the jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tirechange.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the enginewhile vehicle is on the jack, as itmay cause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stayin the vehicle while it is on the

jack.

Carefully read the caution label at-tached to the jack body and the follow-ing instructions.

JVE0165XJack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point as illustrated so the top ofthe jack contacts the vehicle at thejack-up point. Align the jack headbetween the two notches in the frontor the rear as shown. Also fit thegroove of the jack head between thenotches as shown.The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning it counterclockwisewith the wheel nut wrench. Do notremove the wheel nuts until the tireis off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold thejack lever and rod with both hands asshown above. Carefully raise the ve-hicle until the tire clears the ground.Remove the wheel nuts, and thenremove the tire.



SCE0933

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. (See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels and tires”(P.8-29).)1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur-

face between the wheel and hub.2. Carefully put the spare tire on and

tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.Check that all the wheel nuts contactthe wheel surface horizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly inthe sequence illustrated ( , , , , ),more than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illu-strated. Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or impro-perly tightened wheel nuts cancause the wheel to become looseor come off. This could cause anaccident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specifications at all times. Itis recommended that the wheel nutsbe tightened to specifications at

each lubrication interval.. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD

pressure.COLD pressure:After the vehicle has been parked for3 hours or more or driven less than 1mile (1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and thetools1. Securely store the jack, tools and the

damaged tire in the storage area.2. Replace the flexible luggage boards (if

so equipped) and cover.3. Close the liftgate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the sparetire and jacking equipment areproperly secured after use. Suchitems can become dangerousprojectiles in an accident or sud-den stop.

. The spare tire is designed foremergency use. See specific in-structions under the heading“Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).

To start your engine with a boosterbattery, the instructions and precautionsbelow must be followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury ordeath. It could also damage yourvehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of thebattery. Keep all sparks andflames away from the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin,clothing or painted surfaces. Bat-tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuricacid solution which can causesevere burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything,immediately flush the contactedarea with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

. The booster battery must berated at 12 volts. Use of an im-properly rated battery can da-mage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump start-ing.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could comeon at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.


JUMP STARTING


JVE0279X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result indamage to the charging system andcause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehicles (and ) to bring their batteries intoclose proximity to each other.Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.


(CVT) models:Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.Manual Transmission (MT) models:Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

4. Switch off all unnecessary electricalsystems (headlights, heater, air condi-tioner, etc.).

5. Remove the vent caps on the battery(if so equipped). Cover the battery witha firmly wrung out moist cloth toreduce explosion hazard.

6. Connect jumper cables in the se-quence as illustrated ( ? ? ?).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) topositive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (for example, asillustrated), not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables donot touch moving parts in theengine compartment and thatthe cable clamps do not contact

any other metal.

7. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

8. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor en-gaged for more than 10 seconds. Ifthe engine does not start right away,place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds beforetrying again.

9. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable andthen the positive cable ( ? ?? ).

10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT) models cannot bepush-started or tow-started. At-tempting to do so may causetransmission damage.

. Three-way catalyst equippedmodels should not be started bypushing since the three way cat-alyst may be damaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could causethe vehicle to collide with thetow vehicle.

WARNING

. Never continue driving if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

. Never open the hood if steam iscoming out.

. Never remove the radiator orcoolant reservoir cap while theengine is hot. If the radiator orcoolant reservoir cap is removedwhen the engine is hot, pressur-ized hot water will spurt out andpossibly cause burning, scaldingor serious injury.

. If steam or coolant is comingfrom the engine, stand clear ofthe vehicle to prevent gettingburned.

. The engine cooling fan will startat anytime when the coolanttemperature exceeds preset de-grees.

. Be careful not to allow yourhands, hair, jewelry or clothingto come into contact with, or toget caught in the cooling fan ordrive belts.


PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:1. Move the vehicle safely off the road

and apply the parking brake.2. Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models:Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.Manual Transmission (MT) models:Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.Do not stop the engine.

3. Turn off the air conditioner (if soequipped). Open all the windows,move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hotand fan control to high speed.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping fromthe radiator before opening the hood.(If steam or coolant is escaping, turnoff the engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant canbe seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent get-ting burned.

6. Visually check the drive belt for da-mage or looseness. Also check if thecooling fan is running. The radiatorhoses and radiator should not leakwater. If coolant is leaking or thecooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or get caught in, enginebelts or the engine cooling fan. Theengine cooling fan can start at anytime.

7. After the engine cools down, checkthe coolant level in the reservoir withthe engine running. Add coolant tothe reservoir if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic-tional and local regulations for towingmust be followed. Incorrect towing equip-ment could damage your vehicle. Towinginstructions are available from a NISSANdealer. Local service operators are gen-erally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assureproper towing and to prevent accidentaldamage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom-mends that you have a service operatortow your vehicle. It is advisable to havethe service operator carefully read thefollowing precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that isbeing towed.

. Never get under your vehicle afterit has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering sys-tem and powertrain are in work-ing condition. If any of theseconditions apply, dollies or aflatbed tow truck must be used.

. Always attach safety chains be-fore towing.

For information about towing your vehi-cle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see“Flat towing” (P.10-15) of this manual.


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


SCE0952All-wheel drive models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSANAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsNISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any ofthe wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

SCE0950Two-wheel drive models

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels offthe ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow CVT models with thefront wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (for-ward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive da-mage to the transmission. If it isnecessary to tow the vehicle with

the rear wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the frontwheels.

. When towing CVT models withthe front wheels on towing dol-lies: Place the ignition switch inthe OFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Move the shiftlever to the N (Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model withthe rear wheels on the ground (ifyou do not use towing dollies):Always release the parking brake.

. When towing MT models with thefront wheels on the ground: Placethe ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead posi-tion with a rope or similar device.Move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. When towing MT models with therear wheels on the ground (if youdo not use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.

Front wheels on the ground:NISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used under the front wheels whentowing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flatbed tow truck as illu-strated.

CAUTION

Never tow Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) model with thefront wheels on the ground. Doing sowill cause serious and expensivedamage to the drivetrain.



Manual Transmission (MT) model:1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.2. Secure the steering wheel in a

straight-ahead position with rope ora similar device.

3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

4. Release the parking brake.5. Attach the safety chains whenever

towing.

Rear wheels on the ground:1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)

position.3. Release the parking brake.4. Attach safety chains whenever tow-

ing.

All four wheels on the ground:NISSAN recommends that the vehicle beplaced on a flatbed tow truck as illu-strated.

CAUTION

Never tow CVT model with all fourwheels on the ground. Doing so willcause serious and expensive da-mage to the drivetrain.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)

position.3. Release the parking brake.VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, seriouspersonal injury or death when reco-vering a stuck vehicle:. Contact a professional towing

service to recover the vehicle ifyou have any questions regard-ing the recovery procedure.

. Tow chains or cables must beattached only to main structuralmembers of the vehicle.

. Do not use the vehicle tie-downsto tow or free a stuck vehicle.

. Only use devices specifically de-signed for vehicle recovery andfollow the manufacturer’s in-structions.

. Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of thevehicle. Never pull at an angle.

. Route recovery devices so theydo not touch any part of thevehicle except the attachmentpoint.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at highspeed. This could cause them toexplode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.2. Make sure the area in front and

behind the vehicle is clear of obstruc-tions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and leftto clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R

(Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT)models) or 1st and R (Reverse)(Manual Transmission (MT) models).

. Apply the accelerator as little aspossible to maintain the rockingmotion.

. Release the accelerator pedal be-fore shifting between R and D (CVTmodels) or 1st and R (MT models).

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional tow-ing service to remove the vehicle.

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at highspeed. This could cause them toexplode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.



MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ........................................................................... 7-2Washing ......................................................................................... 7-2Waxing ............................................................................................ 7-2Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................................................... 7-3Glass ................................................................................................. 7-3Wheels ............................................................................................. 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels ..................................................... 7-3Chrome parts ............................................................................ 7-4Tire dressing .............................................................................. 7-4

Cleaning interior ........................................................................... 7-4Air fresheners ......................................................................... 7-5Floor mats ................................................................................. 7-5Seat belts ................................................................................... 7-6Cleaning the seat tracks ............................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ................................................................ 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion.................................................................. 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion.............................................................................. 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion............ 7-7

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.To protect the paint surfaces, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:. after a rainfall to prevent possible

damage from acid rain. after driving on coastal roads. when contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.Be careful not to scratch the paintsurface when putting on or removingthe body cover.WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wetsponge and plenty of water. Clean thevehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, aspecial vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu-kewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that useacid in the detergent. Some carwashes, especially brushlessones, use some acid for cleaning.The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, caus-ing them to crack. This couldaffect their appearance, and alsocould cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with yourcar wash to confirm that acid isnot used.

. Do not wash the vehicle withstrong household soap, strongchemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surfacemay becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped orrough cloths, such as washingmitts. Care must be taken whenremoving caked-on dirt or otherforeign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or da-maged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plentyof clean water.Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Make sure that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open.Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and washaway road salt.Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid aweathered appearance before reapplyingwax.A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

washing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-

CLEANING EXTERIOR

ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi-ble from the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory stores. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from build-ing up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and againin the spring, the underseal must bechecked and, if necessary, re-treated.GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of thewindows, do not use sharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the electrical conduc-tors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing thevehicle to maintain their appearance.. Clean the inner side of the wheels

when the wheel is changed or theunderside of the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. NISSAN recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash regularly with a sponge dampenedin a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:. Do not use a cleaner that uses

strong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners tothe wheels when they are hot.The wheel temperature should bethe same as ambient tempera-ture.

. Rinse the wheel to completelyremove the cleaner within 15minutes after the cleaner is ap-plied.

Appearance and care 7-3


CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.TIRE DRESSINGNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressingis applied to the tires, it may react withthe coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire whiledriving and stain the vehicle paint.If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:. Use a water-based tire dressing. The

coating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would bedifficult to remove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using adry towel. Make sure the tire dressingis completely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicalsthat may stain or bleach the seat materi-al.Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Sprayingliquid may cause the system tomalfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abra-sive and damaging to the leathersurfaces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as theymay damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

. Never use fabric protectors un-less recommended by the manu-facturer.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. It

CLEANING INTERIOR

may damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following pre-cautions:. Hanging-type air fresheners can

cause permanent discoloration whenthey contact vehicle interior surfaces.Place the air freshener in a locationthat allows it to hang free and notcontact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products cancause immediate damage and disco-loration when spilled on interior sur-faces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injuryor death:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driverfront position or install them up-side down or backwards.

. It is recommended that you useonly genuine NISSAN floor matsspecifically designed for use inyour vehicle model and modelyear.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat po-sitioning hooks. See “Floor matinstallation” (P.7-5).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor matsto make sure they are properlyinstalled.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

JVA0018X

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number andshape of the floor mat positioning hook(s) for each seating position varies de-pending on the vehicle.When installing genuine NISSAN floormats, follow the installation instructionsprovided with the floor mat and thefollowing:1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell

so that the floor mat grommet holesare aligned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat



is properly positioned.3. Make sure the floor mat does not

interfere with pedal operation. Withthe ignition in the OFF position andthe shift lever in the P (Park) position(Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models) or the shift lever in theN (Neutral) position (Manual Transmis-sion (MT) models), fully apply andrelease all pedals. The floor mat mustnot interfere with pedal operation orprevent the pedal from returning to itsnormal position. It is recommendedyou see a NISSAN dealer for detailsabout installing the floor mats in yourvehicle.

JVA0031XPositioning hook(s)

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hook(s).SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely in the shade before usingthem.See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll upin the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

dye, or chemical solvents to cleanthe seat belts, since these materialsmay severely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTION

Periodically clean the seat tracks toprevent reduction of ability to movethe seats.

Clean periodically with a high-poweredvacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris mayreduce the ability to adjust the seat. Awet cleansing agent may be used ifnecessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON-TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO-SION. The accumulation of moisture-retain-

ing dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceler-ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will notdry completely inside the vehicle, andshould be removed for drying to avoidfloor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will acceleratethe rate of corrosion to those parts whichare not well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disin-tegration of paint surfaces.TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to

keep the vehicle clean.. Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible.. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumula-tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present,wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuum

cleaner.. Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult aNISSAN dealer.


CORROSION PROTECTION


MEMO

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...................................................... 8-2Engine compartment check locations ........................ 8-3

MR20DD engine model ..................................................... 8-4Engine cooling system ............................................................. 8-4

Checking engine coolant level .................................... 8-5Changing engine coolant ................................................ 8-6

Engine oil ............................................................................................. 8-6Checking engine oil level ................................................. 8-6Changing engine oil and filter ..................................... 8-6

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ............................................................................................ 8-9Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ....................... 8-9Window washer fluid .............................................................. 8-10Battery ................................................................................................ 8-11

Jump starting......................................................................... 8-12Variable voltage control system ................................... 8-13Drive belt .......................................................................................... 8-13Spark plugs ..................................................................................... 8-14

Replacing spark plugs ..................................................... 8-14Air cleaner ....................................................................................... 8-15

Windshield wiper blades ..................................................... 8-16Cleaning ................................................................................... 8-16Replacing ................................................................................ 8-16

Rear window wiper blade .................................................. 8-17Brakes ................................................................................................ 8-17

Self-adjusting brakes ..................................................... 8-17Brake pad wear warning............................................ 8-17

Fuses ................................................................................................... 8-18Engine compartment .................................................... 8-18Passenger compartment ........................................... 8-20

Key fob battery replacement .......................................... 8-21Intelligent Key battery replacement .......................... 8-23Lights .................................................................................................. 8-25

Headlights .............................................................................. 8-25Exterior and interior lights ........................................ 8-27

Wheels and tires ........................................................................ 8-29Tire pressure ........................................................................ 8-29Tire labeling .......................................................................... 8-33Types of tires ....................................................................... 8-35Tire chains .............................................................................. 8-36Changing wheels and tires ...................................... 8-37

8-2 Do-it-yourself

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, alwaystake care to prevent serious accidentalinjury to yourself or damage to thevehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level sur-face, apply the parking brakesecurely and block the wheels toprevent the vehicle from moving.Move the shift lever to the P(Park) position (CVT model) orthe shift lever to the N (Neutral)position (MT model).

. Be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position whenperforming any parts replace-ment or repairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any othermoving parts.

. It is advisable to secure or re-move any loose clothing andremove any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protectionwhenever you work on your ve-hicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If itis necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Because the fuel lines are underhigh pressure even when theengine is off, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer forservice of the fuel filter or fuellines.

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Always turn offthe engine and wait until it coolsdown.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any othermoving parts.

. Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel andthe battery.

. On gasoline engine models withthe Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)system, the fuel filter and fuellines should be serviced becausethe fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engineis turned off. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. Toavoid injury, always disconnectthe negative battery cable beforeworking near the fan.

. Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil and coolant. Impro-perly disposed engine oil, enginecoolant, and/or other vehiclefluids can hurt the environment.Always conform to local regula-tions for disposal of vehicle fluids.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engine

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

off and wait until it cools down.. Avoid direct contact with used

engine oil and coolant. Impro-perly disposed engine oil, andengine coolant and/or other ve-hicle fluids can damage the en-vironment. Always conform tolocal regulations for disposal ofvehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnessesdisconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorizedcomponent while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition key isin the OFF position and the en-gine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the ne-gative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-structions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s manual/servicemanual order information” (P.10-20).)You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operat-ing difficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, it is recom-mended you have it done by a NISSANdealer.

JVM0610X

Remove the air duct if necessary.To remove the air duct :1. Remove the clips with a suitable

tool.2. Loosen the bolt with a suitable tool.3. Pull the air duct upward and then

sideways.To install the air duct, perform the in-stallation procedure in reverse order.

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

8-4 Do-it-yourself

JVC1070X

MR20DD ENGINE MODEL1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Engine oil filler cap3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir4. Air cleaner5. Window washer fluid reservoir6. Drive belt

7. Engine oil dipstick8. Battery9. Fuse/fusible link box*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant pro-tection. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are notnecessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator orcoolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the en-gine and radiator cool down.Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator. See precau-tions in “If your vehicle overheats”(P.6-11) of this manual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. Toprevent engine damage, use onlya genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

. If the engine was stopped soonwhen the engine is hot, the cool-ing fan may operate for approxi-mately 10 minutes after theengine was stopped to cool thecomponents in the engine com-

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

partment. When the cooling fan isoperating, be sure that hands orother items do not get caught init.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling systemadditives such as radiator sealer.Additives may clog the coolingsystem and cause damage tothe engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

. When adding or replacing cool-ant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to-34°F(-37°C). If additional freezeprotection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If anequivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-

low the coolant manufacture’sinstructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to-34°F (-37°C). The use of othertypes of coolant solutions otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the en-gine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the fac-tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles(168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixingany other type of coolant otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), orthe use of non-distilled water willreduce the life expectancy of thefactory-fill coolant. Refer to the“9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual for moredetails.

JVM0438X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level , open thereservoir cap and add coolant up to theMAX level . If the reservoir is empty,check the coolant level in the radiatorwhen the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill theradiator with coolant up to the filleropening and also add it to the reservoirup to the MAX level .Tighten the cap securely after addingengine coolant.If the cooling system frequently re-quires coolant, have it checked. It is

Do-it-yourself 8-5

8-6 Do-it-yourself

recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can befound in the NISSAN Service Manual.Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING

. To avoid being scalded, neverchange the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator orcoolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact withused coolant. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

. Keep coolant out of the reach ofchildren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

SDI1993

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-

ating temperature.3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than

10 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange . If the oil level is below ,remove the oil filler cap and pourrecommended oil through the open-

ing. Do not overfill .6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is notcovered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

WARNING

. Used oil must be disposed ofproperly. Never pour or dump oilinto the ground, canals, rivers,etc. It should be disposed of atproper waste facilities. NISSANrecommends having your oilchanged by a NISSAN dealer.

. Be careful not to burn yourself, asthe engine oil may be hot.

ENGINE OIL

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

. Avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If contacted, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleanerand plenty of water as soon aspossible.

. Store used engine oil in markedcontainers out of the reach ofchildren.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.2. Run the engine until it reaches the

operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait more

than 10 minutes.4. Raise and support the vehicle using a

suitable floor jack and safety jackstands.. Place the safety jack stands under

the vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be at-

tached to the jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting andsupport points are used to avoidvehicle damage.

JVM0414X

Do-it-yourself 8-7

8-8 Do-it-yourself

JVM0421X

1. Oil filler cap2. Oil drain plug3. Oil filter

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the

drain plug.2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench

and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, asthe engine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.(Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turn-ing it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to doso could lead to engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plugwith a new washer. Securely tightenthe drain plug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill the engine with the recom-

mended oil through the oil filler open-ing, and install the oil filler capsecurely.See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil tempera-ture and drain time. Use these speci-fications for reference only. Alwaysuse the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leak-age around the drain plug and the oilfilter. Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait morethan 10 minutes. Check the oil levelwith the dipstick. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

After the operation1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the

ground.2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.

When checking or replacement is re-quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

CAUTION

. NISSAN recommends using Gen-uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (orequivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs.Do not mix with other fluids.

. Do not use Automatic transmis-sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans-mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, asit may damage the CVT. Damagecaused by the use of fluids otherthan as recommended is notcovered by the NISSAN’s NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

. Using fluids that are not equiva-lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-3 may also damage the CVT.Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recom-mended is not covered by theNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

For additional brake and clutch fluidinformation, see “Capacities and recom-mended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of thismanual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or con-taminated fluid may damage thebrake and clutch systems. Theuse of improper fluids can da-mage the brake and clutch sys-tems, and affect the vehicle’sstopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before remov-ing.

. Brake and clutch fluid is poiso-nous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out ofthe reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint.If fluid is spilled, immediately washthe surface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so equipped) FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

JVM0789X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line. If fluid must be added frequently, the

system should be checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

JVM0788XType A

JVM0380XType B

Type A: Check the fluid level in thewindow washer reservoir. If the fluid levelis low, add window washer fluid.Type B: To check the fluid level, use yourfinger to plug the center hole of thecap/tube assembly, then remove it fromthe reservoir. If there is no fluid in thetube, add fluid.Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, adda windshield washer antifreeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for themixture ratio.Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically.Add fluid when the low washer fluidwarning appears (if so equipped).Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.Recommended fluid:Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con-centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equiva-lent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freeze coolant for windowwasher solution. This may result

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

in damage to the paint.. Do not fill the window washer

reservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Donot use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

. Keep the battery surface clean anddry. Clean the battery with a solutionof baking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connec-tions are clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the nega-tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.




In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery toflames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by thebattery is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,

eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immedi-ately flush with water for at least15 minutes and seek medicalattention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higherload on the battery which cangenerate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

. When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove all jew-elry.

. Battery posts, terminals and re-lated accessories contain leadand lead compounds. Washhands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

Do-it-yourself 8-11

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. It shouldbe between the UPPER LEVEL andLOWER LEVEL lines.If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs .2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER

LEVEL line.If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition indicates OK and thecondition needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .Vehicles operated in high temperaturesor under severe conditions require fre-quent checks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-9). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories di-rectly to the battery terminal.Doing so will bypass the variablevoltage control system and thevehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

. Use electrical accessories withthe engine running to avoid dis-charging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltagegenerated by the generator.

SDI1881

1. Alternator2. Drive belt auto-tensioner3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor5. Water pump

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position before servi-cing drive belts. The engine couldrotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-ess. If the belt is in poor condition or

loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

2. Have the belt condition checked reg-ularly.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT

8-14 Do-it-yourself

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is applied.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2670

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Iridium platinum-tipped sparkplugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridiumplatinum-tipped spark plugs as frequentlyas the conventional type spark plugssince they will last much longer. Followthe maintenance schedule shown in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tippedspark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

JVM0378XExample

To remove the filter, unlatch the retainingclips , and pull the cover upward.The air cleaner filter should not becleaned and reused. Replace it accordingto the maintenance schedule shown inthe “9. Maintenance and schedules” sec-tion. When replacing the filter, wipe theinside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The air

cleaner filter not only cleans theintake air, it also stops flame ifthe engine backfires. If the aircleaner filter is not installed andthe engine backfires, you couldbe burned. Never drive with theair cleaner filter off. Be cautiousworking on the engine when theair cleaner filter is off.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start theengine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Do-it-yourself

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

SDI2359

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.1. Lift the wiper arm away from the

windshield.2. Push and hold the release tab , and

move the wiper blade down the wiperarm .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that thedimple is in the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement,return the wiper arm to its origi-nal position; otherwise it may bedamaged when the hood isopened.

. Make sure the wiper blades con-tact the glass; otherwise the armmay be damaged from windpressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

SDI2693

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle. This may cause improper windshield

washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged,remove any objects with a needle or smallpin . Be careful not to damage thenozzle.

It is recommended you contact a NISSANdealer if checking or replacement isrequired.

If the brakes do not operate properly, it isrecommended you have the brakeschecked by a NISSAN dealer.SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.The disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked ifthe brake pedal height does notreturn to normal. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brakepad, the sound will always be heard evenif the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe wear warning sound is heard.Under some driving or climate conditions,

Do-it-yourself 8-17

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the functionor performance of the brake system.Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. For additional infor-mation, see the maintenance scheduleshown in the “9. Maintenance and sche-dules” section.

JVM0386X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the

headlight switch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cov-

er by using a suitable tool and pushingthe tab.

4. Locate the fuse that needs to bereplaced.

5. Remove the fuse using the fuse pullerlocated in the passenger compart-ment fuse box.

FUSES

SDI1753Type A

SDI1754Type B

6. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

JVM0444X

The holder also contains the fuses.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for checking and/or replacing.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does notoperate and the fuses are in good condi-tion, check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine NISSAN parts.For checking and replacing the fusiblelinks, it is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

8-20 Do-it-yourself

JVM0387X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the

headlight switch are turned off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover.3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller

.

SDI1754

4. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

JVM0415X

Extended storage fuse switch (if soequipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from thefactory switched off. Prior to delivery ofyour vehicle, the switch is pushed in(switched on) and should always remainon.If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the meter maydisplay a warning message. See “20.Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fusewarning” (P.2-33).If any electrical equipment does notoperate, remove the extended storagefuse switch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:If the extended storage fuse switchmalfunctions or if the fuse is open, it isnot necessary to replace the switch. Inthis case, remove the extended storagefuse switch and replace it with a newfuse of the same rating.How to remove the extended storagefuse switch:1. To remove the extended storage fuse

switch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.4. Pinch the locking tabs found on

each side of the extended storagefuse switch.

5. Pull the extended storage fuse switchstraight out from the fuse box .

CAUTION

. Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removedparts.

. An improperly disposed batterycan harm the environment. Al-ways confirm local regulationsfor battery disposal.

. When changing batteries, do notlet dust or oil get on the compo-nents.

. There is danger of explosion if thelithium battery is incorrectly re-placed. Replace only with thesame or equivalent type.

Do-it-yourself 8-21

KEY FOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-22 Do-it-yourself

JVM0381X

To replace the battery:1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit

to open the lid. Use a cloth toprotect the casing.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent

. Do not touch the internal circuitand electric terminals as doing socould cause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across thecontact points will seriously depletethe storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case .

3. Close the lid securely.4. Operate the buttons to check its

operation.See a NISSAN dealer if you need assis-tance for replacement.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.

For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

CAUTION

. Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removedparts.

. An improperly disposed batterycan harm the environment. Al-ways confirm local regulationsfor battery disposal.

. When changing batteries, do notlet dust or oil get on the compo-nents.

. There is danger of explosion if thelithium battery is incorrectly re-placed. Replace only with thesame or equivalent type.

SDI2451

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Keyas follows:1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit

of the corner and twist it to separatethe upper part from the lower part.

Use a cloth to protect the casing.3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:CR2032 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit

and electric terminals as doing socould cause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across thecontact points will seriously depletethe storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

Do-it-yourself 8-23

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-24 Do-it-yourself

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts , and then push them together

until it is securely closed.5. Operate the buttons to check its

operation.If you need any assistance for replace-ment, it is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

JVM0787X

1. Front parking light/Daytime running light2. Front turn signal light3. Headlight (high-beam)4. Headlight (low-beam)5. Front side marker light6. Map light and front room light7. Room light8. Side turn signal light (if so equipped)9. Front fog light (if so equipped)10. Cargo light11. High-mounted stop light12. Rear combination light (tail light, stop

light, rear turn signal light)13. Rear side marker light14. License plate light15. Reverse light/Tail light

HEADLIGHTSFog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction.If large drops of water collect inside thelens, it is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for servicing.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

LIGHTS

8-26 Do-it-yourself

ReplacingLED headlight model:If LED headlight replacement is required,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Halogen headlight model:The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halo-gen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a longperiod of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the head-light body may affect bulb per-formance.

. High pressure halogen gas issealed inside the halogen bulb.The bulb may break if the glassenvelope is scratched or the bulbis dropped.

. Only touch the base when hand-ling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope. Touching theglass envelope could significantlyaffect bulb life and/or headlightperformance.

. Aiming is not necessary afterreplacing the bulb. When aimingadjustment is necessary, it isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in the chart.

JVM0395X

Low-beam/High-beam:1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.2. Disconnect the electrical connector

from the rear end of the bulb.3. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it

counterclockwise. Do not shake or rotatethe bulb when removing it.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of

removal. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.Headlight high/low beams (Halogen) 65/55 H9/H11Headlight high/low beams (LED)* LED -Front turn signal light* 21 WY21WFront parking light* LED -Front side marker light* LED -Front fog light (if so equipped)* 55 H11Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED -Daytime running light* LED -Rear combination light*

Turn signal light 21 W21WStop/tail light 21/5 W21/5WTail light 3.8 W3.8WBack-up 16 W16W

Rear side marker light* 5 W5WLicense plate light* 5 W5WMap light* LED —Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* 1.8 —High-mounted stop light* LED —Room light 8 —Cargo light 5 —Glove box light* 1.4 —

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the

latest information about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-27

8-28 Do-it-yourself

SDI2306

: REMOVE: INSTALL

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D orE. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

SDI1499ARoom light

SDI2653Cargo light

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning message isdisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure(for example a flat tire while driving).For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-13), “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires(including the spare) often and al-ways prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressurespecifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelunder the “Cold Tire Pressure”heading. The Tire and Loading In-formation label is affixed to thedriver side center pillar. Tire pres-sures should be checked regularlybecause:. Most tires naturally lose air over

time.. Tires can lose air suddenly when

driven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikesa curb while parking.

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold.The tires are considered COLD afterthe vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro-vides visual and audible signals

outside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLDtire pressure. (See “TPMS with EasyFill Tire Alert” (P.5-7).)Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adverselyaffect tire life and vehicle hand-ling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires canfail suddenly and cause anaccident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weightrating (GVWR) is located onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label. The vehicleweight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading In-formation label. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to prematuretire failure, or unfavorable

Do-it-yourself 8-29

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-30 Do-it-yourself

handling characteristics andcould also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity mayalso result in failure of othervehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily loadyour vehicle, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure thatthe tire pressures are at thespecified level.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

SDI2503

Tire and Loading Information labelSeating capacity: The max-imum number of occu-pants that can be seatedin the vehicle.Vehicle load limit: See “Ve-

hicle loading information”(P.10-11).Original size: The size ofthe tires originally installedon the vehicle at the fac-tory.

Cold tire pressure: Inflatethe tires to this pressurewhen the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile(1 .6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommendedcold tire inflation is set bythe manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance oftire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.Tire size — see “Tire label-ing” (P.8-33).Spare tire size or compactspare t i re s ize ( i f soequipped)

Do-it-yourself 8-31

8-32 Do-it-yourself

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.2. Press the pressure gauge

squarely onto the valve stem.Do not press too hard or forcethe valve stem sideways, or airwill escape. If the hissing soundof air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pres-sure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Informationlabel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIRE INFLATION

PRESSURE

FRONT ORIGINALTIRE

215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI

REAR ORIGINAL TIRE215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI

SPARE TIRE T145/90 D16 106M 420 kPa, 60 PSI

SDI1575Example

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identifythe tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

8-34 Do-it-yourself

SDI1606Example

Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is

designed for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

height to width.4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (16): This

number is the wheel or rimdiameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires becauseit is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

JVM0694XExample

TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-

partment of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Four numbers represent theweek and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.Tire ply composition and materi-

alThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must in-dicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon, polye-ster, and others.

Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressure that shouldbe put in the tire. Do not exceed themaximum permissible inflationpressure.

Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-

mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire.When replacing the tires on thevehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factoryinstalled tire.

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if thetire has radial structure.

Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.Other tire-related terminology:In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this sec-tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is(1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears white lettering orbears manufacturer, brand and/ormodel name molding that is higheror deeper than the same moldingon the other sidewall of the tire, or

(2) the outward facing sidewall ofan asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that must alwaysface outward when mounted on avehicle.TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of thesame type (Example: Summer, AllSeason or Snow) and construc-tion. A NISSAN dealer may be ableto help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed ratingand availability.

. Replacement tires may have alower speed rating than the fac-tory equipped tires, and may notmatch the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed themaximum speed rating of thetire.


Do-it-yourself 8-35

8-36 Do-it-yourself

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rearaxles which can cause the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system tomalfunction resulting in personalinjury or death, excessive tirewear and may damage the trans-mission, transfer case and differ-ential gears.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road con-ditions. All Season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow)on the tire sidewall. Snow tires havebetter snow traction than All Season tiresand may be more appropriate in someareas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire trac-tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall.If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom-mends the use of SNOW tires or ALLSEASON tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.Generally, snow tires will have lowerspeed ratings than factory equipped tiresand may not match the potential max-imum vehicle speed. Never exceed themaximum speed rating of the tire.If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian provincesprohibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studded

tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry sur-faces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the locallaws before installing tire chains. Wheninstalling tire chains, make sure they arethe proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions.Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S”chains are used on vehicles with re-stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designedto meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and theclosest vehicle suspension or body com-ponent required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end linksof the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility ofwhipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In

addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other-wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance maybe adversely affected.Tire chains must be installed only onthe front wheels and not on the rearwheels.Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.Do not use tire chains on dry roads.Driving with tire chains in such conditionscan cause damage to the various me-chanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress. SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESTire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kepttightened to the specification atall times. It is recommended thatwheel nuts be tightened to thespecification at each tire rotationinterval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires,check and adjust the tirepressure.

. Retighten the wheel nutswhen the vehicle has beendriven for 600 miles (1,000km) (also in cases of a flattire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tirein the tire rotation.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

8-38 Do-it-yourself

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodicallyinspected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught inthe tread. If excessive wear,cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tire(s) shouldbe replaced.

. The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators.When wear indicators arevisible, the tire(s) should bereplaced.

. Tires degrade with age anduse. Have tires, including thespare, over 6 years oldchecked by a qualified tech-nician, because some tiredamage may not be ob-vious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tirefailure and possible perso-nal injury.

. Improper service of thespare tire may result in ser-ious personal injury. If it isnecessary to repair thespare tire, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the

Warranty Information Book-let.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and loadcarrying capacity as originally equipped.(See “Specifications” (P.10-7) for recom-mended types and sizes of tires andwheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed useof tires of different brands, con-struction (bias, bias-belted or ra-dial), or tread patterns canadversely affect the ride, braking,handling, VDC system, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speed-ometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to acci-dents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els, if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were

the same size and you are onlyreplacing 2 of the 4 tires, installthe new tires on the rear axle.Placing new tires on the frontaxle may cause loss of vehiclecontrol in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident andpersonal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a differ-ent off-set could cause prema-ture tire wear, degrade vehiclehandling characteristics and/orinterference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear. See “Wheels andtires” (P.10-7) of this manual forwheel off-set dimensions.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as

possible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.


. The TPMS sensor may be da-maged if it is not handled cor-rectly. Be careful when handlingthe TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor,the ID registration may be re-quired. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis-tration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap thatis not specified by NISSAN. Thevalve stem cap may becomestuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem capsare correctly fitted. Otherwise thevalve may be clogged up with dirtand cause a malfunction or lossof pressure.

. Do not install a damaged ordeformed wheel or tire even if ithas been repaired. Such wheelsor tires could have structuraldamage and could fail withoutwarning.

. The use of retread tire is notrecommended.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pat-tern on all four wheels. Failure todo so may result in a circumfer-ence difference between tires onthe front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear andmay damage the transmission,transfer case and rear differentialgears.

. Only use spare tires specified foreach AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the same size, brand,

Do-it-yourself 8-39

8-40 Do-it-yourself

construction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment shouldalso be checked and corrected as neces-sary. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance.Therefore, they should be balanced asrequired.Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi-cle could lead to mechanical damage.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tireSince the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted(TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS willnot function.Observe the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must beused, otherwise your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emer-gency use. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the firstopportunity to avoid possible tireor differential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire in-flation pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420kPa, 4.2 bar).

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed, do not driveyour vehicle at speeds faster than

50 MPH (80 km/h).. When driving on roads covered

with snow or ice, the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire should beused on the rear wheels andoriginal tire used on the frontwheels (drive wheels). Use tirechains only on the front (original)tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at afaster rate than the standard tire.Replace the spare tire as soon asthe tread wear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one sparetire at the same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on aTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire.Tire chains will not fit properlyand may cause damage to thevehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller thanthe original tire, ground clearance

is reduced. To avoid damage tothe vehicle, do not drive overobstacles. Also do not drive thevehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-41

8-42 Do-it-yourself

MEMO

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ..................................................... 9-2General maintenance ......................................................... 9-2Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 9-2Where to go for service .................................................... 9-2

General maintenance ................................................................ 9-2Explanation of general maintenance items ...... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-5Emission control system maintenance................ 9-5Chassis and body maintenance ................................ 9-6

Maintenance schedules .......................................................... 9-6Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ........................................................ 9-6

Standard maintenance ........................................................... 9-7Emission control system maintenance ............. 9-8Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-11

Maintenance under severedriving conditions ..................................................................... 9-13Maintenance log ........................................................................ 9-14

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehi-cle good mechanical condition, as well asits emission and engine performance.It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is per-formed.As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance care. You are avital link in the maintenance chain.GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes thoseitems which should be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. They areessential for proper vehicle operation. It isyour responsibility to perform these pro-cedures regularly as prescribed.Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill andonly a few general automotive tools.These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in thissection are required to be serviced atregular intervals. However, under severedriving conditions, additional or morefrequent maintenance will be required.WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through tech-nical bulletins, service tips, and trainingprograms. They are completely qualifiedto work on NISSAN vehicles before workbegins.You can be confident that a NISSANdealer’s service department performsthe best job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operationof the vehicle, general maintenanceshould be performed regularly as pre-scribed in this section. If you detect anyunusual sounds, vibrations or smells, besure to check for the cause or have itchecked promptly. In addition, it is re-commended that you visit a NISSAN deal-er if you think that repairs are required.When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, see “Maintenance precau-tions” (P.8-2).EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN-TENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primarylatch is released.When driving in areas using road salt or

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

other corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: Whenchecking the tires, make sure no wheelnuts are missing, and check for any loosewheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotatedevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valvecore and cap when the tires are replaceddue to wear or age.Wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at

normal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipeproperly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled mainte-nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, have your vehicle checked

immediately. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in the P (Park)position without applying any brakes.Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill withonly the parking brake applied. If theparking brake needs adjusted, it is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjusters and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc.to ensure they operate smoothly and thatall latches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3


Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessivefree play, hard steering or strange noises.Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes areoperating properly.Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets prop-erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-ating the heater or air conditioner.Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washers operateproperly and that the wipers do notstreak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example,each time you check the engine oil orrefuel).Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)


In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make surethat the brake and clutch fluid level isbetween the MAX and MIN lines on thereservoir.Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.Engine drive belt*: Make sure that thedrive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked oroily.Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level surface andturning off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, im-mediately have the exhaust system in-spected. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre-cautions when starting and driving” (P.5-

4) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaksor if gasoline fumes are evident, check forthe cause and have it corrected immedi-ately.Radiator and hoses: Check the front ofthe radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to controldust. It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirtmay accumulate. For additional informa-tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are providedto give you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items thatshould be regularly checked or replaced.The maintenance schedule indicates atwhich mileage/time intervals each itemrequires service.In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day op-eration. Refer to “General maintenance”(P.9-2).Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform main-tenance on these items in order tomaintain the warranties which come withyour vehicle. Other maintenance itemsand intervals are required.When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.NOTE:NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated byNISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants,fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN-TENANCEDrive belt*:Check engine drive belt for wear, frayingor cracking and for proper tension. Re-place any damaged drive belt.Engine air filter:Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, check/replace the filter morefrequently.Engine coolant*:Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-lent with the proper mixture. (Refer to“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter-mine the proper mixture for your area.)NOTE:Mixing any other type of coolant or theuse of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval ofthe coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter:Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants”(P.10-2).Engine valve clearance*:Inspect only if valve noise increases.Adjust valve clearance if necessary.Evaporative emissions control vaporlines*:Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.Fuel filterPeriodic maintenance is not required (in-tank type filter).Fuel lines*:Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec-tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.Spark plugs:Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.


EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEBrake lines and cables:Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.Brake pads and rotors:Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or da-maged parts immediately.Exhaust system:Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora-tion, and damage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.In-cabin microfilter:Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, replace the filter more frequently.Propeller shaft(s):Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage. (AWD)Steering gear and linkage, axle andsuspension parts, drive shaft boots:Check for damage, looseness, and leak-age of oil or grease. Under severe drivingconditions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation:Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructionsunder “Explanation of general mainte-nance items” (P.9-2). When rotating tires,check for damage and uneven wear.Replace if necessary.Transmission fluid/oil, differential oiland transfer case oil:Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.If using a car-top carrier, or driving onrough or muddy roads:. Replace the Manual Transmission

gear oil every 20,000 miles (32,000km) or 24 months.

. Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000miles (96,000 km) or request the deal-er to inspect the fluid deteriorationdata using a CONSULT. If the dete-rioration data is more than 210,000,replace the CVT fluid.

To help ensure smooth, safe and eco-nomical driving, NISSAN provides twomaintenance schedules that may beused, depending upon the conditions inwhich you usually drive. These schedulescontain both distance and time intervals,up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months. For most people, the odometerreading will indicate when service isneeded. However, if you drive very little,your vehicle should be serviced at theregular time intervals shown in the sche-dule.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI-TIONSAdditional maintenance items for se-vere operating conditions; should beperformed on vehicles that are drivenunder especially demanding conditions.Additional maintenance items should beperformed if you primarily operate yourvehicle under the following conditions:. Repeated short trips of less than 5

miles (8 km).. Repeated short trips of less than 10

miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such aspolice, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or saltspread roads.

. Using a car-top carrier.NOTE:For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenanceitems should be performed at everyinterval.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions,varying road surfaces, individual drivinghabits and vehicle usage, additional ormore frequent maintenance may be re-quired.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.


STANDARD MAINTENANCE


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL65

(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

NOTE:(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48months, inspect every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace thedrive belt if found damaged.(2) If operating mainly in dusty condi-tions, more frequent maintenance maybe required.(3) Periodic maintenance is not re-quired.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000

miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. Afterfirst replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or dis-tilled water. Mixing any other type ofcoolant or the use of non-distilled watermay reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.

(6) Replace spark plug when the pluggap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even ifwithin specified replacement mileage.(7) Periodic maintenance is not re-quired. However, if valve noise in-creases, inspect valve clearance.*: Maintenance items and intervals with“*” are recommended by NISSAN forreliable vehicle operation. The ownerdoes not need to perform such main-tenance in order to maintain the emis-



sion warranty or manufacturer recallliability. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months, whichevercomes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

CVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I I

Manual Transmission gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid and differentialgear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and linkage,axle and suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft (AWD) anddrive shaft boots$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery I R R R



MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months, which-ever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL65

(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

CVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I I

Manual Transmission gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid and differentialgear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and linkage,axle and suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft (AWD) anddrive shaft boots$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

NOTE:Maintenance items with “$” should beperformed more frequently accordingto “Maintenance under severe drivingconditions” (P.9-13).(1) If using a car-top carrier, or drivingon rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT

fluid deterioration every 60,000 miles(96,000 km), then change CVT fluid ifnecessary. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.And if the inspection is not performed,change (not just inspect) CVT fluid every60,000 miles (96,000 km).

(2) If using a car-top carrier, or drivingon rough or muddy roads, change (notjust inspect) oil at every 20,000 miles(32,000 km) or 24 months.(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Gen-eral maintenance” (P.9-2).

The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly oper-ated under severe driving conditions asshown below, more frequent mainte-nance must be performed on the follow-ing items as shown in the table.Severe driving conditions. Repeated short trips of less than 5

miles (8 km).. Repeated short trips of less than 10

miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such aspolice, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or saltspread roads.

. Using a car-top carrier.Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance opera-tion

Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Propeller shaft (AWD) and driveshaft boots

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months


MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREDRIVING CONDITIONS


5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

MAINTENANCE LOG


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:




Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:


Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants .................................... 10-2

Fuel information .................................................................. 10-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation........ 10-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ...................................... 10-6

Specifications ................................................................................ 10-7Engine .......................................................................................... 10-7Wheels and tires .................................................................. 10-7Dimensions and weights .............................................. 10-8

When traveling or registering inanother country ......................................................................... 10-8Vehicle identification .............................................................. 10-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-8Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ................................................................. 10-9Engine serial number ....................................................... 10-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................. 10-9Emission control information label .................. 10-10Tire and Loading Information label ................. 10-10Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-10

Installing front license plate ......................................... 10-11Vehicle loading information .......................................... 10-11

Terms........................................................................................ 10-11

Vehicle load capacity ................................................ 10-12Securing the load ......................................................... 10-13Loading tips ...................................................................... 10-13Measurement of weights ....................................... 10-14

Towing a trailer ...................................................................... 10-14Flat towing ................................................................................. 10-15

Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive vehicle (ifso equipped) ..................................................................... 10-15Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle(if so equipped)............................................................... 10-15

Uniform tire quality grading ........................................ 10-16Treadwear .......................................................................... 10-16Traction AA, A, B and C ........................................... 10-16Temperature A, B and C ......................................... 10-16

Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-17Reporting safety defects ................................................ 10-17Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test ....................................................................................... 10-18Event Data Recorders (EDR) ......................................... 10-19

Additional data recording (on vehiclesequipped with optional ProPILOTassist) ..................................................................................... 10-19

Owner’s manual/service manualorder information ................................................................. 10-20

10-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow theprocedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal See “Fuel information” (P.10-3).Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 3.8 L 4 qt 3-3/8 qt Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.

If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor oil that matchesthe above grade and viscosity. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oilfilter recommendation” (P.10-5).

Drain and refill*1: For additionalinformation, see“Changing engineoil and filter” (P.8-6).

Without oil filter change 3.6 L 3-7/8 qt 3-1/8 qt

Engine coolant With reservoir CVT model 8.7 L 9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentMT model 8.5 L 8-3/8 qt 7 qt

Reservoir 0.6 L 5/8 qt 1/2 qtContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLYin NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalentto Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil — — — Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80 or equivalentIf Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4,Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, useManual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available.

Differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalentconventional (non-synthetic) oilTransfer fluid — — —

Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper oil level ac-cording to the instructions in the

“8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3*2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label.

HFC-134a (R-134a) or HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)Air conditioning system lubricants — — — See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label.

A/C System Oil ND-OIL8(PAG) or ND-OIL12(PAG) or equivalentWindow washer fluid 4.5 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or

equivalent

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

FUEL INFORMATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that spe-cified could adversely affect theemission control system, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopen-tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl

(MMT). Using fuel containingMMT may adversely affect vehicleperformance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content,so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT inreformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is avail-able. Many of the automobile manufac-turers developed this specification toimprove emission control system andvehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meetsthe WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. NISSAN supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when avail-able.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. NISSAN does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which theoxygenate content and the fuel compat-ibility for your vehicle cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your servicestation manager.If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel sys-tem damage.. The fuel should be unleaded and

have an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxyge-nate. (MTBE may, however, be added

Technical and consumer information 10-3


up to 15%.). E-15 fuel contains more than 10%

oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle andshould not be used. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may causefuel system damage and/or vehicleperformance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends aresuitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as en-gine stalling and difficult hot-starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blendfuels, immediately change to a non-oxy-genate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxyge-nates can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso-line. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E- 15 fuel. Do not useE-15 in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispen-sing pumps to be identified with small,square, orange and black label with thecommon abbreviation or the appropriatepercentage for that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso-line. E-85 can only be used in a FlexibleFuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. U.S. government regulationsrequire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps tobe identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. NISSAN does not recommendthe use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuelmay adversely affect vehicle perfor-mance, including the emissions controlsystem. Note that while some fuel pumps

label MMT content, not all do, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (for exam-ple, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster,intake valve deposit removers, etc.) whichare sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish ordeposit removal may contain active sol-vent or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock”.(Spark knock is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistentheavy spark knock even when usinggasoline of the stated octane rating, orif you hear steady spark knock whileholding a steady speed on level roads, itis recommended you have a NISSANdealer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon-sible.Incorrect ignition timing will result inspark knock, after-run and/or overheat-

ing, which may cause excessive fuelconsumption or engine damage. If anyof the above symptoms are encountered,have your vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forservicing.However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isnot a cause for concern, because youget the greatest fuel benefit when thereis light spark knock for a short timeunder heavy engine load.

JVT0351X

API certification markAPI service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATIONSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). NISSAN recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil inorder to improve fuel economy.Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standar-

dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils whichdo not have the specified quality labelshould not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type isused and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.



Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important to select the engine oilviscosity based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped witha high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter.When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oilfilter or its equivalent for the reasondescribed in “Change intervals”.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Using anengine oil and filter other than thespecified quality, or exceeding recom-mended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to theengine caused by improper maintenanceor use of incorrect oil and filter qualityand/or viscosity is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the first

recommended change interval.AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged withthe specified refrigerant and compres-sor oil or equivalent. See the air condi-tioner specification label. (See “Airconditioner specification label” (P.10-10).). Type A

— HFC-134a (R-134a)— A/C system oil ND-OIL8(PAG) or

equivalent. Type B

— HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)— A/C system oil ND-OIL12(PAG) or

equivalent

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilmay cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and may re-quire the replacement of all air con-ditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) or HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in your NISSAN vehicle

will not harm the earth’s ozone layer.Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recoveryand recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioning system ser-vice. A NISSAN dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioningsystem refrigerant.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer when servicing your air condition-ing system.

ENGINEModel MR20DDType Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-lineBore × Stroke in (mm) 3.307 × 3.547 (84.0 × 90.1)Displacement cu in (cm3) 121.86 (1,997)Firing order 1-3-4-2Idle speed rpm

No adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpmSpark plug Standard DILKAR7D11HSpark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRESRoad wheelType Size Offset in

(mm)Conven-tional

16 × 6.5JJ 1.57 (40)

17 × 7J 1.57 (40)19 × 7J 1.57 (40)

Spare 16 × 4T 1.18 (30)

Tire

Type SizePressurePSI (kPa)[Cold]

Conven-tional

215/65R1698H

33 (230)

215/60R1796H

33 (230)

225/45R1992W

35 (240)

SpareT145/90D16 106M 60 (420)


SPECIFICATIONS


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSOverall length in

(mm)172.4(4,380)

Overall width in(mm)

72.3 (1,838)

Overall height in(mm)

62.5 (1,587)63.3 (1,607)*

Front tread in(mm)

62.4 (1,585)

Rear tread in(mm)

62.2 (1,580)

Wheelbase in(mm)

104.2 (2,646)

Gross VehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)

lb (kg)See the F.M.V.S.S. orC.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on thedriver’s side centerpillar.

Gross AxleWeight Rating(GAWR)Front lb (kg)Rear lb (kg)

*: Roof rack equipped model

When planning to travel in anothercountry, you should first find out if thefuel available is suitable for your vehicle’sengine.Using fuel with an octane rating that istoo low may cause engine damage. Allgasoline vehicles must be operated withunleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid tak-ing your vehicle to areas where appro-priate fuel is not available.When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.The laws and regulations for motorvehicle emission control and safety stan-dards vary according to the country,state, province or district; therefore, vehi-cle specifications may differ.When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation, and registration are theresponsibility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

JVT0352X

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

JVT0286X

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is lo-cated as shown.Remove the cover to access the number.

STI0785

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.)certification label is affixed as shown. Thislabel contains valuable vehicle informa-tion, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc.Review it carefully.



JVT0406X

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

STI0494

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on theTire and Loading Information label affixedto the pillar as shown.

STI0739

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label isaffixed to the underside of the hood asshown.

JVT0524X

To mount the front license plate , attachthe licence plate to the location marks(small dimples) of the bumper using thetwo screws provided.

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area insidethe vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areasare more likely to be ser-iously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ridein any area of your vehiclethat is not equipped withseats and seat belts.

. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and usinga seat belt properly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize your-self with the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of

your vehicle) - vehicle weightincluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly.This weight does not include

passengers and cargo.. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -

curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trai-ler tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This infor-mation is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rearaxle. This information is locatedon the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle,passengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This isthe maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight mustbe included as part of the cargoload. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from theload limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then addthe total luggage weight. Examplesare shown in the following illustra-tion.

STI0447

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,confirm that you do not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See“Measurement of weights” (P.10-14).)Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

JVI1686X

SECURING THE LOADThere are luggage hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The hooks can beused to secure cargo with ropes or othertypes of straps.Do not apply a total load of more than22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floorhook when securing cargo.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-

backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. The child restraint top tetherstrap may be damaged by con-tact with items in the cargo area.Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if thetop tether strap is damaged.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehiclecan break, tire damage couldoccur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This couldresult in loss of control and causepersonal injury.

LOADING TIPS. The GVWmust not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.



WARNING

. Properly secure all cargowith ropes or straps to helpprevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks.In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR orthe maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or itcan change the way yourvehicle handles. This couldresult in loss of control andcause personal injury.

. Overloading not only canshorten the life of your ve-hicle and the tire, but cancause unsafe vehicle hand-ling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause apremature tire failure, which

could result in a seriousaccident and personal in-jury. Failures caused byoverloading are not coveredby the vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When thevehicle is loaded, drive to a scaleand weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determineaxle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR).The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR). These rat-ings are given on the vehicle certi-fication label. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with yourvehicle.

TOWING A TRAILER

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recrea-tional vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Never flat tow your All-WheelDrive (AWD) vehicle.

. DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any wheels onthe ground. Doing so may causeserious and expensive damage tothe powertrain.

. For emergency towing proce-dures refer to “Towing recom-mended by NISSAN” (P.6-14).

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recrea-tional vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehi-cle, always tow forward, neverbackward.

. Never tow your front wheel drivevehicle with the front tires on theground. Doing so may cause ser-ious and expensive damage tothe powertrain.

. DO NOT tow your front wheeldrive Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) vehicle withall four wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGEinternal transmission parts dueto lack of transmission lubrica-tion.

. For emergency towing proce-dures refer to “Towing recom-mended by NISSAN” in the “Incase of emergency” section ofthis manual.

Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT)To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, anappropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placedunder the towed vehicle’s drive wheels.Always follow the dolly manufacturer’srecommendations when using their pro-duct.

Manual Transmission (MT). Always tow with the Manual Trans-

mission in Neutral.. Your vehicle speed should never ex-

ceed 70 MPH (112 km/h) when flattowing your vehicle.

. After towing 500 miles, start and idlethe engine with the transmission inNeutral for two minutes. Failure to idlethe engine after every 500 miles oftowing may cause damage to thetransmission’s internal parts.


FLAT TOWING


DOT (Department Of Transportation)Quality Grades: All passenger car tiresmust conform to federal safety require-ments in addition to these grades.Quality grades can be found where ap-plicable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sectionwidth. For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera-ture ATREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and one-half(1 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends upon ac-tual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road charac-teristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C corre-sponds to a level of performance which

all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, under-inflation, or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Your vehicle is covered by the followingemission warranties.For USA:. Emission Defects Warranty. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet whichcomes with your vehicle. If you did notreceive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:. Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:Emission Control System WarrantyDetails of this warranty may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet whichcomes with your vehicle. If you did notreceive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

For USAIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-ministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individual pro-blems between you, your dealer, orNISSAN.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot becomeinvolved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Cana-da’s Defect Investigations and Re-calls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safetyde fec ts on l ine at : h t tps : / /wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng(English speakers) or https://


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers).Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be ob-tained from Transport Canada’sRoad Safety Information Centre at1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou-tiere (French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safetyconcerns please contact our Con-sumer Information Centre toll freeat 1-800-387-0122.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-WheelDrive (AWD) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer(such as the dynamometers used bysome states for emissions testing),or similar equipment. Make sure youinform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong test equip-ment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas or provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage ofthe vehicle.If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready

condition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,the I/M test condition is “ready”.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer to set “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

This vehicle is equipped with an EventData Recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash ornear crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obsta-cle, data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed. TheEDR is designed to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for ashort period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;. Whether or not the driver and passen-

ger safety belts were buckled/fas-tened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age andcrash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement,

could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In additionto the vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment,can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR datawill only be accessed with the consent ofthe vehicle owner or lessee or as other-wise required or permitted by law.ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (onvehicles equipped with optionalProPILOT assist)If your vehicle is equipped with theoptional ProPILOT assist, it will also beequipped with supplemental data record-ing function intended to assist in under-standing how ProPILOT assist performs incertain nontrivial crash or near-crashscenarios. Specifically, supplemental re-cording is designed to capture the follow-ing:. Driver operational status of the accel-

erator, brakes, steering, etc.. Detection status of a vehicle ahead

and lane markers

. Vehicle information including distanceto vehicle ahead and lateral position

. Information on the operation of theProPILOT assist and other crashavoidance features

. ProPILOT assist malfunction diagnosisinformation

. External images from the multi-sen-sing front camera (Available onlywhen the SRS air bag or AEB systemis activated)

The ProPILOT assist does not recordconversations, sounds or images of theinside of the vehicle.To read this supplemental data, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the recording unit is needed.This supplemental data will only be ac-cessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise requiredor permitted by law. If downloaded,NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSANmay use the data recorded for thepurpose of improving NISSAN’s vehiclesafety performance.NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-corded data to a third party except:. With the consent of the vehicle owner

or with the consent of the lessee


EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


. In response to an official request fromlaw enforcement, court order, govern-mental agency, or other legally en-forceable request

. For research purposes after the datais modified such that it is no longertied to a specific vehicle or vehicleowner (anonymized)

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. This manual is thesame one used by the factory trainedtechnicians working at a NISSAN dealer.Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.In the USA:For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Service Manuals con-tact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals con-tact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior please contact aNISSAN dealer. For the phone numberand location of a NISSAN dealer in yourarea call the NISSAN Information Centerat 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSANrepresentative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .................... 5-146Active Ride Control ................................................. 5-151Advanced air bag system..................................... 1-46Air bag system

Advanced air bag system.............................. 1-46Front passenger air bag andstatus light................................................................. 1-48Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system..................... 1-55Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system..................... 1-55

Air bag warning labels ............................................ 1-58Air bag warning light................................. 1-59, 2-15Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation............................... 4-26Air conditioner service...................................... 4-33Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10Air conditioning system refrigerantand lubricantrecommendations ................................ 4-33, 10-6

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system)............................................................ 2-43Alcohol, drugs and driving................................... 5-10Antenna............................................................................... 4-33Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................... 5-146Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light................................................................... 2-11Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ................................. 7-2Interior appearance care................................... 7-4

Armrest.................................................................................... 1-7Audible reminders....................................................... 2-18

Audio.......................................................................................... 4-2Automatic

Door locks...................................................................... 3-7Automatic air conditioner .................................... 4-30Automatic brake hold.............................................. 5-29Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)....... 5-115Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light................................................ 2-12Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with pedestrian detection system.............. 5-122Average speed............................................................... 2-39Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-8

B

Battery.................................................................................. 8-11Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-23Battery replacement, Key fob..................... 8-21Battery saver system......................................... 2-52Variable voltage control system.............. 8-13

Before starting the engine................................... 5-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW)..................................... 5-46Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ......... 4-2Booster seats.................................................................. 1-37Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............ 5-146Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9Brake system....................................................... 5-145Electronic parking brake warninglight.................................................................................. 2-12Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27Warning light............................................................ 2-11

Break-in schedule .................................................... 5-137Brightness control

Instrument panel..................................................... 2-9Bulb check/instrument panel............................ 2-11

Bulb replacement........................................................ 8-25

C

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ........................................................................... 10-2Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-34Card holder....................................................................... 2-65Cargo area........................................................................ 2-63Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... 5-4Chassis and body maintenance...................... 9-11Chassis control............................................ 2-40, 5-149Child restraints.............................................................. 1-20

Booster seats........................................................... 1-37LATCH system......................................................... 1-22Precautions on child restraints................. 1-20

Child safety....................................................................... 1-17Child safety rear door lock...................................... 3-7Chimes, Audible reminders.................................. 2-18Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-19Cleaning exterior and interior................... 7-2, 7-4Clock...................................................................................... 2-41Clutch fluid............................................................................ 8-9Cockpit..................................................................................... 2-3Cold weather driving............................................. 5-157Console box..................................................................... 2-64Console light ................................................................... 2-74Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid............................................................................... 8-9Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) position indicator.............................................. 2-9Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode............................................................... 5-112Coolant

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2

11-2

Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5

Corrosion protection.................................................... 7-7Cruise control................................................................. 5-64

Fixed speed cruise control (on ICCsystem).......................................................................... 5-82Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) .................. 5-66

Cup holders...................................................................... 2-62CVT, Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission)............................. 5-13, 5-20

D

Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system....... 2-52Defroster switch, Rear window andoutside mirror defroster switch....................... 2-47Dimensions and weights....................................... 10-8Display

Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19Drive belt ............................................................................ 8-13Driving

Cold weather driving..................................... 5-157Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission)..................................... 5-20Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25Intelligent 4x4..................................................... 5-139On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-8Precautions when startingand driving.................................................................... 5-4Safety precautions .............................................. 5-10

Dynamic driver assistance switch(models without ProPILOT assist).................. 2-56

E

ECO mode switch........................................................ 2-59ECO mode system...................................................... 5-32

Ambient ECO............................................................ 5-33ECO Drive Report.................................................. 5-34ECO Pedal Guide function............................. 5-33

Economy, Fuel............................................................. 5-139Elapsed time.................................................................... 2-39Elapsed time and trip odometer..................... 2-39Electric power steering........................................ 5-144Electric power steering warning light ........ 2-12Emission control information label............ 10-10Emission control system maintenance......... 9-8Emission control system warranty ............ 10-17Engine

Before starting the engine............................ 5-17Break-in schedule ............................................ 5-137Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6Coolant temperature gauge .......................... 2-7Emergency engine shut off.............. 5-16, 6-3Engine compartmentcheck locations......................................................... 8-3Engine cooling system........................................ 8-4Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Engine oil and oilfilter recommendation ..................................... 10-5Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6Engine serial number........................................ 10-9Engine specifications......................................... 10-7

Engine start operation indicator(for Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models) ........................ 2-31Engine start operation indicator(for Manual Transmission (MT)models) ......................................................................... 2-31If your vehicle overheats................................ 6-11Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19

Event Data Recorders (EDR)............................. 10-19Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-4Explanation of scheduledmaintenance items........................................................ 9-5

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ......... 10-9Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ................................ 8-15Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6

Flashers (See hazard warningflasher switch).................................................................... 6-2Flat tire..................................................................................... 6-3Flat towing..................................................................... 10-15Floor mat cleaning......................................................... 7-5Fluid

Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9Engine coolant........................................................... 8-4Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10

Fog light switch............................................................ 2-54Front manual seat adjustment............................ 1-3Front passenger air bag andstatus light........................................................................ 1-48

Front seat, Front seat adjustment.................... 1-3Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Fuel economy...................................................... 5-139Fuel information.................................................... 10-3Fuel octane rating ............................................... 10-3Fuel-filler cap............................................................ 3-28Fuel-filler door......................................................... 3-28Gauge................................................................................ 2-8

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips................................... 5-138Fuses...................................................................................... 8-18Fusible links...................................................................... 8-19

G

Garage door openerHomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-76

Gas cap................................................................................ 3-28Gauge........................................................................................ 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge......... 2-7Fuel gauge.................................................................... 2-8Odometer....................................................................... 2-6Speedometer .............................................................. 2-6Tachometer.................................................................. 2-7

General maintenance................................................... 9-2Glove box ........................................................................... 2-64

H

Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2Head restraints/headrests....................................... 1-7Headlights

Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25Headlight switch ................................................... 2-48

Heated seats ................................................................... 2-55Heated steering wheel............................................ 2-54

HeaterHeater and airconditioner operation....................................... 4-26

High beam assist ......................................................... 2-50Hill start assist system......................................... 5-152HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.................. 2-76Hood release ................................................................... 3-25Hook

Luggage hook......................................................... 2-65Horn........................................................................................ 2-54How to enable/disable thesteering assist................................................................ 5-95

I

Ignition switch ............................................................... 5-14Ignition switch (model without IntelligentKey system)...................................................................... 5-12Ignition switch positions ....................................... 5-15Immobilizer system.................................................... 2-43Indicator

Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19indicator light

Electronic parking brakeindicator light .......................................................... 2-16

Indicator lights............................................................... 2-16Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-32Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............ 10-18Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-9Instrument panel............................................................. 2-4Intelligent 4x4............................................................. 5-139Intelligent Around View® Monitor................... 4-10Intelligent Auto Headlight system ................. 2-48Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ......................... 5-66Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(models with ProPILOT assist) .......................... 5-97

Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) indicator................................................................. 2-34Intelligent Engine Brake...................................... 5-150Intelligent Key system ............................................. 3-11

Key operating range.......................................... 3-13Key operation.......................................................... 3-14Remote keyless operation ............................ 3-19

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) .................. 5-40Intelligent Trace Control..................................... 5-149Interior light replacement..................................... 8-27Interior light switch.................................................... 2-73Interior lights................................................................... 2-73ISOFIX child restraint ................................................ 1-22

J

Jump starting ..................................................................... 6-9

K

KeyIgnition switch (model withoutIntelligent Key system)..................................... 5-12Ignition switch positions ................................ 5-15

Key positions................................................................... 5-14Keyless entry

(See remote keyless entry system)........... 3-8With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system)......................... 3-19

Keys............................................................................................ 3-2For Intelligent Key system............................. 3-11

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ..................................... 1-58Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10

11-3

11-4

Emission control information label .... 10-10Engine serial number........................................ 10-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label .................................................. 10-9Tire and Loading informationlabel.............................................................. 8-31, 10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)........ 10-8

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)........................ 5-35LATCH system................................................................ 1-22License plate, Installing frontlicense plate.................................................................. 10-11Liftgate

Liftgate release lever ......................................... 3-27Operating manual liftgate............................. 3-26

LightAir bag warning light......................................... 1-59Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25Fog light switch..................................................... 2-54Headlight switch ................................................... 2-48Headlights bulb replacement ..................... 8-25Indicator lights........................................................ 2-16Interior lights............................................................ 2-73Map lights................................................................... 2-74Replacement ............................................................ 8-25Room light.................................................................. 2-74Vanity mirror lights............................................. 2-75Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders.................................................................... 2-11

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement..................................................................... 8-27Loading information (See vehicleloading information) .............................................. 10-11Lock

Automatic door locks........................................... 3-7Door locks...................................................................... 3-5Power door lock....................................................... 3-5

Loose fuel cap warning.......................................... 3-30

Low tire pressure warning................................... 2-32Low tire pressure warning (Lowtire pressure)................................................................... 2-32Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-13Low tire pressure warning system(See Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS))...................................................................................... 5-5Luggage hooks ............................................................. 2-65

M

MaintenanceBattery........................................................................... 8-11General maintenance........................................... 9-2Inside the vehicle..................................................... 9-3Maintenance log.................................................... 9-14Maintenance precautions................................. 8-2Maintenance requirements............................. 9-2Maintenance schedules...................................... 9-6Maintenance under severedriving conditions ................................................ 9-13Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-17Standard maintenance....................................... 9-7

Maintenance schedules.............................................. 9-6Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...................... 2-17Manual air conditioner and heater............... 4-27Manual front seat adjustment.............................. 1-3Manual Transmission (MT) ................................... 5-13Map lights.......................................................................... 2-74Master warning light................................................. 2-14Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)....... 3-4Mechanical key (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System)...................................................... 3-3Meters and gauges........................................................ 2-5

Instrument brightness control ..................... 2-9

MirrorInside mirror ............................................................. 3-32Outside mirrors...................................................... 3-33Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-34

Moonroof............................................................................ 2-71Moving Object Detection (MOD) ...................... 4-21MR20DD engine model............................................... 8-4

N

New vehicle break-in............................................. 5-137NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-43NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key ...... 3-2

O

Odometer............................................................................... 2-6Off-road recovery............................................................ 5-9Oil

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6

Operating ProPILOT assist................................... 5-91Outside air temperature........................................ 2-41Outside mirrors............................................................. 3-33Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. 6-11Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information..................................................... 10-20

P

Panic alarm............................................................ 3-9, 3-21Parcel shelf ....................................................................... 2-66

ParkingBrake break-in .................................................... 5-145Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27Parking on hills................................................... 5-143

Parking brakeElectronic parking brakeindicator light .......................................................... 2-16

PhoneBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone..................... 4-2Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-34

PowerElectric power steering................................ 5-144Power door lock....................................................... 3-5Power outlet............................................................. 2-60Power windows ..................................................... 2-68

Power moonroof.......................................................... 2-71Precautions

Braking precautions....................................... 5-145Child restraints....................................................... 1-20Cruise control.......................................................... 5-65Driving safety........................................................... 5-10Maintenance................................................................ 8-2On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-8Seat belt usage...................................................... 1-11SRS ................................................................................... 1-40When starting and driving................................ 5-4

ProPILOT assist ............................................................. 5-86ProPILOT assist switches...................................... 5-89ProPILOT assist system displayand indicators................................................................ 5-90ProPILOT assist system operation ................ 5-88Push starting................................................................... 6-11Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-14

R

RAB system limitations........................................ 5-134RAB system operation.......................................... 5-133Radio

Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-34Rapid air pressure loss................................................ 5-9Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test........................................................................... 10-18Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)....................... 5-132Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) systemwarning light................................................................... 2-13Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)......................... 5-56Rear door alert .............................................................. 2-58Rear door lock, Child safety reardoor lock ................................................................................ 3-7Rear seats.............................................................................. 1-6Rear sonar system (RSS)..................................... 5-152Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ........................................................... 2-47Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-46RearView Monitor............................................................ 4-2Recorders, Event data .......................................... 10-19Registering in another country........................ 10-8Remote engine start................................................. 3-23Remote keyless entry function, ForIntelligent Key system ............................................. 3-19Remote keyless entry system............................... 3-8Reporting safety defects.................................... 10-17Roadside assistance program.............................. 6-2Rollover.................................................................................... 5-8Roof

Moonroof..................................................................... 2-72Roof rack............................................................................ 2-67Room light......................................................................... 2-74

S

SafetyChild seat belts....................................................... 1-17Reporting safety defects............................ 10-17

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment.................... 1-3Front seats.................................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety................................................................ 1-17Infants............................................................................ 1-18Injured persons ...................................................... 1-13Larger children ....................................................... 1-18Precautions on seat belt usage................ 1-11Pregnant women.................................................. 1-13Seat belt cleaning ................................................... 7-6Seat belt extenders............................................. 1-16Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-17Seat belt warning light ..................... 1-13, 2-15Seat belts.................................................................... 1-11Seat belts with pretensioners.................... 1-57Shoulder belt height adjustment ............ 1-16Small children.......................................................... 1-18Three-point type with retractor............... 1-13

Seat(s)Heated seats ............................................................ 2-55Seats.................................................................................. 1-2

Security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), Engine start ................. 2-43Security system, Vehiclesecurity system............................................................. 2-42Servicing air conditioner........................................ 4-33Shift lever

Shift lock release................................................... 5-24Shift lock release

Transmission............................................................ 5-24

11-5

11-6

ShiftingCVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission)..................................... 5-20Manual transmission ......................................... 5-25

Shoulder belt height adjustment, Forfront seats......................................................................... 1-16Soft bottle holders...................................................... 2-62Spare tire............................................................. 8-40, 10-7Spark plugs....................................................................... 8-14Speedometer ...................................................................... 2-6SRS

Precautions on SRS ............................................ 1-40Standard maintenance............................................... 9-7Starting

Before starting the engine............................ 5-17Jump starting ............................................................. 6-9Precautions when startingand driving.................................................................... 5-4Push starting............................................................ 6-11Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19

Status light, Front passenger air bag......... 1-48Steering

Electric power steering................................ 5-144Heated steering wheel..................................... 2-54Tilt/telescopic steering.................................... 3-30

Steering assist............................................................. 5-106Steering assist switch (models withProPILOT assist)............................................................ 2-57Storage ................................................................................ 2-62Sun visors .......................................................................... 3-31Sunglasses holder....................................................... 2-64Supplemental air bag warning labels......... 1-58Supplemental air bagwarning light.................................................... 1-59, 2-15Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 1-40Switch

Fog light switch..................................................... 2-54

Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Headlight switch ................................................... 2-48Ignition switch ........................................................ 5-12Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch........................ 2-58Intelligent Auto Headlight switch............ 2-48Power door lock switch ..................................... 3-7Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .................................................... 2-47Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-53Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)off switch .................................................................... 2-57

System maintenance............................................. 5-137System malfunction ............................................... 5-136

T

Tachometer.......................................................................... 2-7Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ....................................................... 2-7Theft (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ............................................... 2-43Three-way catalyst......................................................... 5-4Tilt/telescopic steering........................................... 3-30Tire pressure, Low tire pressurewarning light................................................................... 2-13Tires

Flat tire............................................................................. 6-3Low tire pressure warning system ........... 5-5Tire and Loadinginformation label................................ 8-31, 10-10Tire chains.................................................................. 8-36Tire dressing................................................................ 7-4Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-29Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3Tire rotation.............................................................. 8-37Types of tires ........................................................... 8-35

Uniform tire quality grading.................... 10-16Wheel/tire size ........................................................ 10-7Wheels and tires.................................................... 8-29

TowingTow truck towing................................................. 6-13Towing a trailer.................................................. 10-14

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system....... 5-5TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert......................... 5-7

TPMS, Tire pressure warning system.............. 6-3Trailer towing .............................................................. 10-14Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-76Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission..... 5-13Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission)..................................... 5-20Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25Transmission shift lever lock release..... 5-24

Transmitter (See remote keylessentry system)...................................................................... 3-8Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system)................................ 3-19Traveling or registering inanother country ........................................................... 10-8Trip computer ................................................................ 2-39Trip odometer................................................................ 2-39Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-53Turning the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode ON......................................... 5-91Turning the RAB system ON/OFF............... 5-133

U

Underbody cleaning...................................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................ 10-16

USB (Universal Serial Bus)charging connector................................................... 2-61

V

Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-34Vanity mirror lights.................................................... 2-75Variable voltage control system..................... 8-13Vehicle

Dimensions and weights................................ 10-8Identification number (VIN)........................... 10-8Loading information ...................................... 10-11Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle).......... 6-16Security system...................................................... 2-42Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)off switch .................................................................... 2-57Vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system........................................................ 5-147

Vehicle information display................................. 2-19How to use the vehicleinformation display............................................. 2-20Settings......................................................................... 2-21Startup display ....................................................... 2-20Vehicle information display warningsand indicators......................................................... 2-31

Ventilators......................................................................... 4-25

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Lights.............................................................................. 2-11Low tire pressure warning............................ 2-32Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders................................................ 2-10

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-58Warning light

Air bag warning light.......................... 1-59, 2-15Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light............................................................ 2-11Brake warning light ............................................ 2-11Electric power steeringwarning light............................................................ 2-12Electronic parking brakewarning light............................................................ 2-12Low tire pressure warning light ............... 2-13Seat belt warning light ..................... 1-13, 2-15

Warranty, Emission controlsystem warranty....................................................... 10-17Washer switch

Rear window wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-46Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-45

Washing................................................................................... 7-2Waxing...................................................................................... 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights)..... 10-8Wheel/tire size ............................................................... 10-7Wheels and tires........................................................... 8-29

Care of wheels........................................................... 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................ 7-3

Window washer fluid ................................................ 8-10Window(s)

Cleaning.......................................................................... 7-3Power windows ..................................................... 2-68

WiperRear window wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-46Rear window wiper blade.............................. 8-17Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-45Wiper blades............................................................. 8-16

Wiper and washer switch ..................................... 2-45

11-7

FUEL INFORMATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that spe-cified could adversely affect theemission control system, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopen-tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl(MMT). Using fuel containingMMT may adversely affect vehicleperformance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content,so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT inreformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

For additional information, see “Capaci-ties and recommended fluids/lubricants”(P.10-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar. For additional informa-tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-137) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow theserecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

J11-D

Printing : October 2018Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM19E0 0J11U0

2019 ROGUE SPORT - Nissan · 2019 ROGUE SPORT OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your...

Documents

Transcript of 2019 ROGUE SPORT - Nissan · 2019 ROGUE SPORT OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your...